everest base camp trek youtube

How To Do The Everest Base Camp Trek In Nepal

The Mount Everest Base Camp Trek in Nepal is one of the world’s best bucket list hikes. In less than 2 weeks, you can trek to the foot of Mt Everest and other snowy peaks in the Himalayan mountains.

The good news is that it’s not a super difficult hike, and you don’t need a big budget to do it. The EBC trek is worth it for the fun and accomplishment alone, but you also get views of the Himalayas that are out of this world.

This travel guide will explain how you can do the Mt Everest Base Camp hike independently (with or without a tour guide), along with a recommended packing list and everything else you need to know before you go!

Best Everest Base Camp Tours

First of all, if you’d rather skip the hassle of planning your own EBC Trek, Klook has Everest Base Camp Tours starting as low as $900 USD for a full 12-day trek.

You may be able to find something cheaper than this once you land in Kathmandu, but booking online with a vetted tour company has some big advantages, and the reviews on their website are very positive.

We’ve used Klook for lots of tours and activities around the world, and they’re great! Highly recommended.

Book Now: Everest Base Camp Tours

When To Do The EBC Trek

The Mt Everest region has 4 different trekking seasons:

• March – May: High season. Best weather, with stable temperatures and bright sunny days, but the trails can get crowded. During these months you may share the EBC trail with pro climbers on the way to go summit Everest.
• June – August: Monsoon season. There’s a lot more rain during these months, and the trails are mostly empty.
• September – October: Clear days and busy trails. This is one of the most popular trekking seasons.
• November – February: Coldest season, but the weather is stable and dry. The trails are mostly clear.

I trekked in early February, and even though it was nice having the trail mostly to myself, the cold in the evenings and mornings was straight up misery.

My home state of Missouri can get very cold in the winter, but the cold has just never been my thing. If I could go back and change it, I would definitely do my Everest Base Camp hike later in the season.

Everest Base Camp Weather

Temperatures on the Mt Everest Base Camp Trek can range from 5 °C (40 °F) to 20 °C (70 °F) depending on month, and as low as -30 °C (-22 °F) at night during the winter months.

If you trek during the warmer months (Mar-May and Sep-Oct), the cold is not a big problem and shouldn’t be hard to cope with. Winter is a different story. Your snot will freeze in your nose at Gorak Shep.

Sunshine is key for winter trekking in Nepal, and thankfully you should have lots of sun in most months outside of the monsoon season. On my February hike, I often found myself shedding all my layers while trekking because I was heating up in the sun.

If you do your Everest Base Camp hike during the winter, the biggest issue is staying warm in the evenings and at night. For this, you’ll definitely want a top quality down jacket and sleeping bag.

All About Everest Base Camp Trekking

My everest base camp itinerary.

• Day 1: Kathmandu to Lukla to Benkar .
• Day 2: Benkar to Namche Bazaar .
• Day 3: Namche Acclimatization Day .
• Day 4: Namche to Deboche .
• Day 5: Deboche to Pangboche .
• Day 6: Pangboche to Dingboche .
• Day 7: Dingboche Acclimatization Day .
• Day 8: Dingboche to Thukla .
• Day 9: Thukla to Gorak Shep .
• Day 10: Everest Base Camp .
• Day 11: Kala Patthar to Gorak Shep to Pheriche .
• Day 12: Pheriche to Namche .
• Day 13: Namche to Lukla .

If you ever need motivation to keep going on the Everest Base Camp hike, just look at how much the porters are carrying!

Mount Pumori as seen from the Kala Patthar viewpoint, just a short distance from Mt Everest Base Camp.

Ama Dablam, one of my favorite mountains on the Mt Everest Base Camp Trek.

EBC Trek Packing List / Gear

This isn’t a complete list of everything to bring on a Mt Everest Base Camp Trek, and you may have to change things up a little depending on what month you go, but these are just some of the basics.

You can find most of this gear in Kathmandu, but in my opinion you’ll get higher quality and a wider selection if you order online.

• Beanie: I only wore this at night, but it definitely helped keep my ears warm.
• Down Jacket: Bring the biggest, warmest DJ possible. This is your most important piece of gear. You can use it as an extra cover at night.
• Fleece Sweater: This is the only jacket you’ll need to wear while trekking most days, especially if it’s sunny.
• Shirts: Something comfy with quick dry material.
• Trekking Pants: Something lightweight and breathable.
• Thermal Underwear: May not be needed if you trek in the warmer months.
• Gloves: I only wore these at night, but they definitely helped keep my hands warm.
• Socks: Merino wool is best for staying warm and stopping moisture.
• Headlight: Smart to have at least a small one, just in case.
• Tumbler: 1 liter water bottle to refill daily on the trek.
• Sunblock: It’s easy to sunburn at high altitudes. A small bottle is plenty.
• Sunglasses: Good for snow. May not be necessary unless you plan to hike a mountain pass like Cho La.
• Hat: I wore old faithful throughout the hike.
• Watch: An altimeter watch would be fun to play with here.
• Camera: Duh. You can’t do the Mt Everest Base Camp Trek without taking lots of pictures.
• Power Bank: Bring a big power bank and you might only need to recharge it once on the whole trek.

Everest Base Camp Trek Cost

For a 13 day trek, I paid about $21 USD per day for food, drinks, and room. Porter/guide was an extra $25 per day, although it’s not a requirement. Flights to Lukla were $330 return, but again not a requirement if you hike in.

You can read the sections below for more info on the daily trekking costs and what you get for your money. It’s not a very expensive trek, all things considered!

Keep in mind, these numbers are from 2020. They’ll go up a little over time. Exchange rates may also vary, so check the latest rates .

The flight to Lukla from Kathmandu is $165 USD each way. You can shop for flights to Lukla at Skyscanner.

If your budget is tight or you have extra time, you can skip this flight by hiking from Jiri to Lukla rather than flying. It only adds a couple days to the itinerary.

Guide / Porter / Solo

You can do the EBC trek with a guide, porter, OR independently (solo).

A guide will show you the way to Mt Everest Base Camp and help with lodging, navigation, advice, taking pictures for you, etc. A porter-guide will do these same things and also carry a 20 kg (45 lb) pack for you.

A porter or guide is NOT a requirement to do this hike, especially if you go in the warmer months when you may not need as much gear. In 2023, they were supposedly introducing a guide requirement for EBC, but so far that has not been enforced at all, thankfully.

With that said, there are some good advantages to hiring a guide, and it’s pretty cheap by Western standards. A porter is only $15 or $20 USD per day, and a porter-guide is $25 per day. A popular arrangement is to hire one porter for two hikers, splitting the cost and still making things easier for both of you.

In the end, this all depends on your budget and hiking preferences.

Hiking Fees

If you’re hiking EBC independently, you’ll need to be aware of two fees you have to pay near the start of the trek.

There’s a local government tax that they’ve now started collecting in Lukla. This one is currently 2,000 Rupees ($17 USD).

There’s also an Everest park fee/ticket you have to pay at the Sagarmatha National Park entrance just beyond the small village of Monjo, Nepal. This one is currently 3,500 Rupees ($30 USD).

No TIMS card is needed anymore for independent hikers. That fee has been retired for the Mount Everest Base Camp Trek.

Accommodation & Amenities

Throughout the Everest Base Camp hike, you’ll stay and sleep at small guesthouses along the way, called teahouses.

This is where you get your meals and drinks for the trek, along with the occasional amenities like showers, charging, or WiFi. The teahouses start out decent, but quickly get more shabby as you go further up the trail.

You have to pay for everything you use, of course, and the prices get quite high as you go, because everything has to be hauled up on the backs of the poor porters.

Guesthouses

The teahouses on the EBC trek are cold and dingy, with drop toilets and cracks in the walls. Don’t expect luxury.

Most rooms are free as long as you buy your meals there (the meals are how they make their money). If you stay at a lodge and don’t eat there, you’ll be expected to pay for the room.

In some cases, I was charged 500 Rupees for a room on top of my meal costs. I’m not sure why some teahouses do this and others don’t, but I never paid more than 500 Rupees for a room, and most were free with the meals.

Food & Drink

I’m happy to report that the food and drinks on the Everest Base Camp hike are top notch, especially after you’ve worked up an appetite trekking.

You have western food choices, or the standard local staples like veggie fried rice, steamed momos (dumplings), and mushroom soup. Everything was hot and fresh. Meal prices for these ranged from 250 to 750 Rupees depending on altitude. Not too bad.

For drinks I tried hot chocolate, lemon/apple/mint tea, and occasionally bottled water for my tumbler. These ranged from 100 to 400 Rupees. If you want to avoid plastic bottles, there’s usually boiled water available and this is safe to drink too.

Getting enough water on the trek is never a problem. Just fill up a 1 liter tumbler in the morning, and this will last you until evening, especially since you’re likely to pass more tea houses along the trail as you’re hiking throughout the day.

Showers are only available at a few lodges, depending on the season and how high up you are, and they cost 600 to 1200 Rupees. In the winter, water higher up will be frozen most of the time.

I never had a shower on my February EBC trek, and that seems to be the norm (although I got one or two opportunities in Namche). Yes, it’s gross. I could smell myself by trek’s end, and it wasn’t pretty.

But aside from the fact that I hate to fork out money for something as basic as a shower, I also never really got close to other people for very long on the trek, so I didn’t feel too guilty about it.

Most days were cold enough that the thought of stripping down for a shower was not really appealing, either. Your best bet is baby wipes and deodorant.

WiFi / Cell Service

WiFi costs anywhere from $5 to $10 USD per day if you buy it from the teahouses.

Alternatively, you can buy a 10 GB/30 Day Everest Link WiFi card in Namche Bazaar and use this for the entire EBC trek. During my Mount Everest Base Camp Trek the WiFi was down across the whole region, so unfortunately I wasn’t able to use either of these options.

I bought an Ncell local SIM card in the Kathmandu airport and had 3G service for half the days of the Everest Base Camp hike. Coverage is still improving in the area, so if you need to stay connected I’d definitely bring a local SIM.

Electricity

All of the teahouses on the way to Mt Everest Base Camp sell outlet charging for electronics, and the prices range from $2 to $10 USD for a full charge, depending on how far up the trail you are.

The key is to bring a big power bank and then use this to charge all of your other electronics (phone, camera, etc). I did this and only paid once to recharge my power bank on the whole trek.

How Much Cash To Bring

Everything you buy during the Everest Base Camp hike (meals, WiFi, charging, etc) will have to be paid for with cash. Credit cards won’t work. There are no ATMs outside of Lukla and Namche Bazaar (Days 1-4), and even the ATMs there are not reliable.

What this means is that you’ll have to withdraw enough cash (Nepalese Rupees) at an ATM in Kathmandu to cover your entire trek. The ATM fees will bite you, and I hate to carry large amounts of cash, but it’s not really avoidable here.

All up, I spent about $20 USD (2,400 Rupees) per day on the Mount Everest Base Camp Trek, and never spent more than $25 USD in a single day. With that said, I didn’t splurge on WiFi, showers, charging, or alcohol. The only things I bought were the bare necessities: room, food, and drinks.

If you hire a porter/guide, you don’t need to factor that into your daily cash carry. That’s paid before the trek starts. But do reserve a little cash for a decent tip.

Mount Everest Base Camp Trek Difficulty

I’m not going to lie, this is a difficult trek. And if you do it in the winter like I did, it’s even harder. With that said, if you are in decent shape, determined, and obey the guidelines for altitude sickness prevention (more on that below), then you’ll have no problem reaching base camp.

There is a lot of elevation gain and loss on this hike. At times near Lukla, the constant ups and downs will make you feel like you’re hiking a roller coaster, but the trail is never too steep or dangerous. After Namche, it’s mostly a slow uphill plod.

This trek has been completed by old seasoned hikers in their 70s, and young kids in their pre-teens. It’s also been flunked by healthy 20-30 somethings who try to push through it quickly without enough acclimatization to altitude.

Patience and discipline are key for trekking to Everest Base Camp. Slow and steady wins the race here.

Trekking Distance

The one way trekking distance from Lukla to Mt Everest Base Camp is about 65 kilometers (40 miles).

That means the total roundtrip distance of an EBC Trek is about 130 kilometers, even if you don’t do any of the detours.

Don’t let that scare you off. It’s a lot of hiking, but every step is worth it.

Altitude Sickness

By far your biggest danger on the Mount Everest Base Camp Trek is altitude sickness, also known as Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS).

No one is immune to this, and it doesn’t matter how fit you are. If you gain altitude too fast, you can get sick and in some cases even die. Plenty of people have died from AMS on the EBC Trek.

The problem is that overzealous hikers push the envelope on this hike all the time, and a lot of them end up needing a very expensive helicopter evacuation to lower ground.

The best way to avoid altitude sickness is to go slow . At altitudes above 3,000 meters (10,000 feet), don’t increase your sleeping elevation by more than 300-500 meters (1,000-1,500 feet) per night.

Every 1,000 meters (3,000 feet) you should also spend a second night at the same elevation. If you get a bad headache, dizziness, or nausea, descend to a lower altitude until you feel better. As long as you follow these general guidelines, you shouldn’t have any issues.

You can take Diamox (acetazolamide) on the trek for extra AMS prevention. This medication can be found in Kathmandu or Namche. I bought mine in Namche and it seemed to help my headache and slight foggy feeling. I didn’t have any side effects aside from the usual tingling toes/fingers.

Everest Base Camp Altitude

The Mount Everest Base Camp altitude is 5,364 meters (17,598 feet). At this elevation, there is 50% of the oxygen at sea level.

However, most treks also go to Kala Patthar, a viewpoint even higher than base camp where you can get the best views of Mount Everest.

The elevation at Kala Patthar is 5,644 meters (18,519 feet). From there, you’ll be rewarded with an incredible panorama of Mount Everest and other icy peaks like Pumori, Lhotse, and Nuptse.

Happy travels!

If you’d rather skip the hassle of planning your own EBC Trek, Klook has Everest Base Camp Tours starting as low as $900 USD for a full 12-day trek.

You may be able to find something cheaper than this once you land in Kathmandu, but booking online with a vetted tour company has some big advantages, and the reviews on their website are very positive for this Mt Everest Base Camp tour.

More Nepal Travel Tips

Hopefully you were helped by this guide for the Everest Base Camp Trek. Let me know in the comments below if I can help answer any questions.

You may also like

Fulidhoo island guide: shark & stingray beach in maldives, how to visit dhigurah island: budget paradise in maldives, 10 best hikes in aruba: family friendly trails, how to visit tanjung puting national park in indonesia, sanur bali travel guide: 23 best things to do, coron vs el nido: which is better all differences explained.

So much useful detailed information.

Thanks for the straight forward information. Beautiful photos

Leave a Comment Cancel Reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

• Best Hikes In The World
• Appalachian Trail
• European Hikes
• Nepal Hikes
• Patagonia Hikes
• See All Hikes
• Mount Kenya
• Mount Kilimanjaro
• Mount Toubkal
• See All Mountains
• South Africa
• New Zealand
• Switzerland
• United Kingdom
• Packing Lists

Everest Base Camp Trek – Nepal’s Most Famous Trek

Asia , Nepal

The Everest Base Camp Trek is one of the most popular and best treks in Nepal .

Home to four of the six highest mountains in the world – Mt. Everest (8,848 meters), Mt. Lhotse (8,516 meters), Mt. Makalu (8,470 meters) and Cho Oyu (8,201 meters) – the Everest (or Khumbu) region affords trekkers the opportunity to hike in one of the grandest and most awe-inspiring trekking areas in the world. 

Trekkers get to retrace the footsteps taken by Sir Edmund Hillary and Tenzing Norgay on their historic Everest expedition in 1953.

On this page, you will find a comprehensive and impartial guide to the Everest Base Camp Trek.

Everest Base Camp Trek

Ebc hike overview.

In this detailed Everest Base Camp trek article, you will find information on the typical route and its variations; a day-by-day itinerary breakdown of the trek; practical information on accommodation, meals, permits, equipment and insurance; as well as guidance on the best time to trek Everest Base Camp.

Key Highlights

Highlights on the trek include: unforgettable mountain views from Kala Patther , including Mt. Everest; the chance to see the famous Everest region Sherpas and Sherpa town – Namche Bazaar; sightseeing in the Sagarmatha National Park – a World Heritage Site; glimpses of the highest Buddhist monasteries in the world; and a sneak preview into the inner workings of the base camp to the world’s highest mountain.

Everest Regional Map

The Everest Base Camp trek is situated in the Everest, or Khumbu region of Nepal (see map below). It is the most popular trek in the region, if not the country.

EBC Recommended Map

This map is one of the better representational schematics of the Everest Base Camp trail (we believe it is from GlobeTrekker but can’t be certain as there are many maps scattered across Google Images).

The map above shows the classic Everest Base Camp trek running up from Lukla to Namche Bazaar and then veering North-east up to Periche / Dingboche. From Dingboche / Periche the trail turns North-west to Lobuche before heading north gain to Gorak Shep. From here Everest Base Camp can be seen to the East and Kala Patthar in the North-west.

The map also shows the route to Island Peak in the East, via Dingboche and Chhukung, and the Gokyo Lakes in the West.

Please Note:  The above recommended map is not to scale and should not be used as an accurate representation of the Everest Base Camp trek route. We provide links below to excellent maps of the Everest region.

EBC Trek Itinerary

Most trekkers fly from Kathmandu to Lukla Airport to begin their Everest Base Camp trek. The ‘classic’ or typical route follows straight up the Khumba Valley and through the Sagarmatha National Park to Everest Base Camp.

Variations via Gokyo Lakes or Chhukhung Valley are also popular (see the variations section below).

The typical Everest Base Camp trek duration is between 14-16 days (including transfers between Kathmandu and Lukla). The trek itself (excluding sightseeing in Kathmandu and transfers) usually lasts about 12 days with acclimatisation days at Namche Bazaar and Pheriche.

Here is a brief overview of a typical itinerary on an EBC trek, with approximate trekking times and altitudes.

Day 1: Arrive Kathmandu

Arrive in Kathmandu. Rest and tour Kathmandu (often your tour operator will have pre-organised tours around Kathmandu).

See more in our guide on things to do in Kathmandu . 

Day 2: Fly Kathmandu to Lukla. Trek to Phakding

Fly from Kathmandu to Lukla (expect a slightly scary landing at Lukla but rest assured the pilots are very experienced!). Weather can sometimes be a problem, so delays are common.

The flights afford great views of the Everest region, so have your camera ready. Try to sit on the right side of the plane to see Mt Everest. Upon arrival you will be transported to the trailhead and take a relatively easy trek from Lukla (2,800 meters) to Phakding (2,652 meters).

Namche Bazaar, Khumbu District

Day 3: Trek from Phakding to Namche Bazaar

Phakding (2,652 meters) to Namche Bazaar (3,440 meters) via Monjo (2,840 meters) and the beginning of Sagarmatha National Park. Weather permitting you might get your first glimpses of Mt Everest from the steep trail to Namche.

Day 4: Acclimatisation in Namche

This is usually a rest acclimatisation day in Namche (3,440 meters). If you are lucky enough to be in Namche on a Saturday, then make sure to visit the weekly market. Most operators will encourage you to take an acclimatisation trek to the Everest View Hotel (3,880 meters) where you can have lunch and capture views of Mt. Everest.

Day 5: Trek from Namche to Tengboche

Trek from Namche (3,440 meters) to Tengboche – also written Thyangboche (3,860 meters), home to the largest gompo (a Buddhist ecclesiastical fortification of learning). The trek is an undulating one which provides great views of   beautiful mountains including Everest, Nuptse, Lhotse and Ama Dablam. Some treks go via Thame to visit the Thame Monastery, before continuing to Tengboche.

Day 6: Trek from Tengboche to Periche

Trek from Tengboche (3,860 meters) to Periche (4,280 meters) via the town of Pangboche. The Himalaya Rescue Association are based here, and it is well worth visiting them if your operator hasn’t already organised a tour.

Day 7: Acclimatisation day in Periche

Periche (4,280 meters) is usually used as the location for your second rest and acclimatisation day. Depending on your operator you will likely visit the Tshola Tsho Lake and then take a short trek towards Dingboche (4,360 meters) where you will get great views of the south face of Mt. Lhotse and Island Peak.

Day 8: Trek from Periche to Lobuche

A fairly long and steep trek from Periche (4,280 meters) to Lobuche (4,940 meters) via the Khumbu Glacier. You will see Sherpa Memorials built of stone cairns in remembrance to the many Sherpas and climbers that have died climbing Everest.

Day 9: Trek from Lobuche to Gorak Shep

Trek from Lobuche (4,940 meters) to Gorak Shep (5,170 meters) where you will have lunch and then onto Everest Base Camp (5,364 meters).

Most treks are not allowed to stay at Everest Base Camp without specific permission. The rules and regulations have changed around this issue over recent years, so it is worthwhile checking with your tour operator. 

Visits to the icefall require mountaineering permits and are usually not part of a standard Everest Base Camp trek. After visiting Everest Base Camp you will return to Gorak Shep for the night.

Kala Patthar

Day 10: Trek from Gorak Shep to Kala Patthar and EBC (Return to Dingboche)

A trek from Gorak Shep (5,170 meters) up the steep slopes to Kala Patthar (5,554 meters), a peak west of the Everest Base Camp which affords the best views of Mt. Everest, Nuptse Nup II and Changtse; as well as the northern flank and summit of Lhotse. You will leave Gorak Shep early to reach Kala Patther before the clouds roll in.

On a typical Everest Base Camp trek, Kala Patthar will be the highest altitude you will reach. It is also home to the worlds highest webcam – Mount Everest Webcam. From Kala Patthar, you then descend all the way back to Dingboche (4,360 meters). 

Day 11: Trek from Dingboche to Namche

Trek from Dingboche (4,360 meters) to Namche (3,440 meters) via the rhododendron forests around Tengboche.

Day 12: Trek from Namche to Lukla

Trek from Namche (3,440 meters) all the way back to Lukla (2,800 meters) – a long and tiring walk to finish what is an incredible Himalaya trek.

Day 13: Fly from Lukla to Kathmandu

Fly from Lukla to Kathmandu. 

EBC Route Altitude Profile

Above is an altitude profile chart for a typical Everest Base Camp hike. The highest peak is Kala Patthar, at a staggering altitude of 5,554m. 

Everest Route Variations

Below are typical route variations for the Everest BC hike. 

Gokyo-Ri glacier

Gokyo Lakes

The Gokyo Lakes or Gokyo Ri Trek is a fantastic variation on the Everest Base Trek. The route begins in Lukla and follows the traditional EBC trek itinerary for the first three days up to Namche Bazaar. Here it veers off to the North-west via the towns of Dole and Machemo, up to the stunningly beautiful Gokyo Lakes . The trail then ascends Gokyo Ri (5,483 meters) and traverses Cho La Pass (5,420 meters) before joining back up with the classic base camp trek at Lobuche.

The variation adds 2-3 days to an average Everest Base Camp trek but provides an excellent opportunity to avoid the crowds on the busy everest trail, as well as gives one the opportunity to trek up and down on different routes.

Chhukhung Valley

The Chhukhung Valley sits east of Dingboche and provides an alternative and longer passage to Lobuche than the traditional Everest Base Camp trail. Trekkers stay a night in Chhukhung (4,730 meters) before returning to Lobuche via Kongma La Pass (5,535 meters), an epic Himalayan pass .

Island Peak headwall

Island Peak

Island Peak is one of Nepal’s 33 trekking peaks. Standing at 6,189 meters, Island Peak is a real challenge in terms of altitude, but only requires beginner level climbing skills (you will need to be comfortable with ice axes and crampons though). Most climbers use the traditional Everest Base Camp trek to acclimatise for Island Peak. 

Returning from Everest Base Camp, you can either trek to Cchukhung via Dingboche from Lobuche or veer South-east from Lobuche traversing the Kongma La Pass to Cchukhung (4,730 meters). From here you can trek to Island Peak Base Camp (5,120 meters) in preparation for their trek / climb up to Island Peaks summit. The summit typically takes 2 days and the total trip, including Everest Base Camo, between 18-20 days.

Everest Base Camp Trek FAQ

How much does the ebc trek cost.

Like many treks in Nepal, there are three ways you can plan your Everest Base Camp trek. See more in our guide on a detailed breakdown on the cost of an Everest Base Trek . 

Below are four options for Everest Base Camp treks and their estimated costs.  

Independent Trekking

Here you organise your trek. You will need to get yourself from Kathmandu to Lukla (a flight is the fastest and easiest; there are buses but these are rather unpleasant). You can employ the services of a porter or guide in Lukla or indeed in Namche, but it is important to note that as an independent trekker, it is illegal to use a guide or porter that is not licensed as a trekking agent through TAAN, or affiliated with a licensed trekking agent. You will need a Green TIMS card (costing NPR 2,000), money to buy food and water, a reliable and accurate map, and negotiations skills to book teahouse accommodation.

The estimated cost for an independent trek excluding flights is between $500-$800. 

Local Tour Operator 

There are many local tour operators in Kathmandu who organise guided Everest Base Camp treks. Generally local Nepal trekking companies are quite good. You will join a group of trekkers (up to 15 people) and have a team of porters, assistant guides and lead guides (who can speak English) of a similar size to the trekking group.

It is important to check that your local operator is a licensed trekking agent. We recommend shopping around and asking for recommendations from other trekkers. The cheap local operators tend to be the least reliable, often only providing tent accommodation or access to old and poorly run teahouses. Their ethical standards towards staff and the local environment may not be to the highest standard as well. 

The estimated cost for an Everest Base Camp trek organised by a local tour operator is between $800-$2,000.

Western Run / Operated Tours

There are many Western run companies that offer Everest Base Camp treks. Most of these Western companies have their own ground teams or strong relationships with the best local tour operators who they outsource their on-the-ground operation to, whilst managing the overall tour experience.

The best Western companies own their on-the-ground operations. Expect a well-run tour with either a Western guide or a very well-trained local guide who understands the subtle service nuances expected of a Western trekker. 

The estimated cost for an Everest Base Camp trek organised by a Western run tour operator is between $1,200-3,000.

Everest Climbing Expedition

A fourth option of joining an Everest climbing expedition is also possible. Major climbing operators like Adventure Consultants, Jagged Globe or Alpine Ascents usually offer Everest Base Camp trekking spaces on their Everest climbing expeditions. Securing a trekking space can be a little pricey but offers one an incredible insight into an Everest expedition as well as the chance to spend a night or two at Everest Base Camp.

If you think a base camp trek is expensive, wait till you hear how much it costs to Climb Mount Everest !

Are permits required for the EBC trek?

Yes, there are two permits you require for standard treks from Lukla to EBC. They are:

1. Trekkers Information Management System (TIMS Card)

TIMS cards are issued by the Tourism Agency Association of Nepal (TAAN). There are three different types:

• Organised TIMS Card (Blue in colour, USD 10). If you are trekking with an organised tour these will be arranged for you. You will need to provide your passport number and one passport photograph
• Individual TIMS Card (Green in colour, USD 20). If you are trekking independently (without support) you will need to get one of these TIMS cards from the Nepal Tourism Board in Kathmandu
• SAARC Country TIMS Card (Red in colour, USD 3). These cards are for nationals from the South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation, i.e. India, Bhutan, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Maldives, Bangladesh and Afghanistan.

2. Sagarmatha National Park Entry Permit  (USD 30 + 13% Govt. Tax)

The Sagarmatha National Park or Solukhumbu is the region through which the EBC trek runs. A National Park entry permit is required to enter Sagarmatha. Permits can be acquired at the first checkpoint along the route, north of Lukla called Monjo. The cost is US$30 + 13% tax for trekkers using a trek operator or agency, as well as for independent trekkers. Permits can also be acquired in Kathmandu, but we recommend getting it in Monjo as it is more straightforward.

For treks from Jiri to Everest Base Camp, there is another permit required called the Gaurishankar Conservation Area Project permit. It costs US$20 (no discount for independent trekkers or SAAEC nationals). The checkpoint is at at Shivalaya (just after Jiri). We recommend getting the permit in Kathmandu before departing as the cost is double if they have to issue the permit in Shivalaya.

As a rule of thumb, we recommend bringing at least 4 passport size photographs for all your permit requirements.

When is the best time to trek to Everest Base Camp?

The best time to trek Everest Base Camp is during the dry and warm months of September through November of March through late May / Early June.

The monsoon rains arrive in mid-late June and get into full swing for the months of July and August (as seen in the average rainfall map below). The route is really too wet for trekking and you would be better placed to explore treks in rain shadow areas like the Upper Manang, Mustang, Annapurna or Dolpo region.

December, January and early February are very cold. Treks run during these periods but be prepared for freezing temperatures and possible snow flurries. The upside is that the route is a lot quieter than in the peak seasons.

The chart shows average temperatures and rainfall in Nepal (data from 1960-1990 compliments of the Climate Change Knowledge Portal at the  World Bank ). 

Is altitude sickness a risk on the Everest Base Camp hike?

Yes, altitude sickness is a risk on the Everest Base Camp route. The trek takes one from a moderately high altitude, 2,800 meters in Lukla, to high altitude, over 5,300 meters at Everest Base Camp and over 5,500 meters at Kala Patthar. At these higher altitudes, the body needs to have acclimatised to the lower saturation of oxygen in the air in order to avoid the symptoms of altitude sickness (or what is sometimes referred to as Acute Mountain Sickness – AMS).

The good news is that a typical Everest Base Camp hike has a slow ascent profile which maximises the amount of time available to acclimatise. Nonetheless, every year 100s of people suffer altitude sickness symptoms and some need to cut their trek short due to more severe complications.

How difficult is the Everest Base Camp Trek?

The difficulty of the Everest Base Camp Trek is relatively low. It should be noted that the Everest Base Camp trek requires no climbing expertise and there are certainly no technical climbing sections. With determination and a basic fitness level, you should be able to trek the route. We have seen old and young, overweight and underweight complete the trek – all with a smile on their face!

With that being said, there are certainly some factors that should be considered prior to your trek, such as altitude, length and  training that will enable you to better understand what you are getting yourself into before deciding.

What gear do I need for the EBC Trek?

One of the most frequent questions that we get asked is what gear should be packed for an Everest Base Camp trek.

To make your life a lot easier we have written a very detailed  Everest Base Camp packing list  article. The list is fairly exhaustive but includes all the absolutely necessary items of clothing and  outdoor gear  that you should bring with you.

You will have the opportunity to either buy or rent gear in Kathmandu, Lukla or even in Namche Bazaar, but in general we recommend you bring with you the main items (i.e.  hiking daypack , hiking boots, warm down jacket, sleeping bag and  sleeping mat ,  trekking poles , appropriate trekking clothes, headgear and  headlamp and gloves etc.)

What travel insurance do I need for the EBC hike?

Trekking Everest Base Camp comes with obvious risks. We recommend you get travel and trekking insurance for all treks in Nepal .

On the Everest Base Camp route, you will reach a maximum altitude of 5,416 meters, so it is important you choose an insurance package that covers you up to that altitude.

Are there any recommended guidebooks for the Everest Base Camp Trek?

Absolutely. There are some great guidebooks and trekking maps to choose from when doing the Everest Base Camp Trek. 

The classic EBC trail itself is well-worn, but there are many smaller yak trails that can confuse people.

We recommend taking a detailed trekking map. The region is sparse, and it is possible to get lost in the many valleys that lie on either side of the main trail. The most recent Lonely Planet Trekking in the Nepal Himalaya provides the most up to date information and maps of the region.

Sian Pritchard-Jones and Bob Gibbons’s book: A Trekking Guide to Everest is also rather good.

For a more general guide to Nepal, you may want to check out the Nepal Lonely Planet Travel Guide .

Are there any other hikes in Nepal you would recommend? 

Yes, there are many other hikes in Nepal that I love.

Some of the most popular alternative Nepal trekking routes are the Annapurna Circuit Trek , the  Langtang Valley Trek  and the  Manaslu Circuit Trek . If you're looking for some easy Nepal hikes , then check out the Poon hill hike or the Royal hike . For short Nepal hiking routes see the Helambu hike , which is near Kathmandu. 

Continue browsing

See more information on  Nepal . Or check out these other Everest/Nepal articles:

• Best Climbing Mount Everest Tips
• Food on the Everest hike
• Internet Access on EBC hike
• Everest Base Camp Trek Deaths and Statistics
• Best Places to Visit in Nepal
• What to Expect in Nepal Tea Houses

About the author 

Mark Whitman

Mark has trekked extensively in Asia, Europe, South America and Africa. He founded Mountain IQ in 2014 with the sole aim to be the best online information portal to some of the most popular mountain destinations around the world. When not writing for Mountain IQ, Mark is out exploring the outdoors with his wife!

Leave a Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked

Nice article. Full of true information and very supportive for new trekkers.

We work with local guides to offer great value adventures at unbeatable prices

Conquer the Everest Base Camp Trek in 12 Days – A Journey of Legends!

Nepal, the name is unfamiliar among many people of the world, but the name Everest is popular among the trekking enthusiasts. Mount Everest rests on the northern mountainous part of Nepal in the Everest region. And Everest Base Camp trek takes you to the lap of this highest peak in the world.

In general, you can do the Everest Base Camp trek in 14 days which includes 2 acclimatization days as well. However, as per your convenience, you can plan your own itinerary as well. You can plan how long you wish to spend on this trekking trail in the Everest region.

Whichever itinerary you follow all you get is to explore the diverse culture, nature, geography of the Everest region. The typical Sherpa people , their Tibet-influenced culture and traditions, their Buddhist practices will keep you accompanied in the trek.

You also get to delve into the several monasteries, and chortens and walk past the Mani walls and Prayer flags to reach your dream destination- the Everest Base Camp.

This high-altitude trek to EBC is doable all year round, but, Autumn and Spring are the peak season for the trek. You will collect the finest trekking memories during this time.

But since the mountain weather is unpredictable you must come prepared for any physical and mental problems. With enough preparation and proper packing this trek is doable and will be your lifetime memory as well.

• Full Name *
• Country * Select Country Afghanistan Åland Islands Albania Algeria American Samoa Andorra Angola Anguilla Antarctica Antigua and Barbuda Argentina Armenia Aruba Australia Austria Azerbaijan Bahamas Bahrain Bangladesh Barbados Belarus Belgium Belize Benin Bermuda Bhutan Bolivia Bonaire, Sint Eustatius and Saba Bosnia and Herzegovina Botswana Bouvet Island Brazil British Indian Ocean Territory Brunei Darrussalam Bulgaria Burkina Faso Burundi Cambodia Cameroon Canada Cape Verde Cayman Islands Central African Republic Chad Chile China Christmas Island Cocos Islands Colombia Comoros Congo, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Republic of the Cook Islands Costa Rica Côte d'Ivoire Croatia Cuba Curaçao Cyprus Czech Republic Denmark Djibouti Dominica Dominican Republic Ecuador Egypt El Salvador Equatorial Guinea Eritrea Estonia Eswatini (Swaziland) Ethiopia Falkland Islands Faroe Islands Fiji Finland France French Guiana French Polynesia French Southern Territories Gabon Gambia Georgia Germany Ghana Gibraltar Greece Greenland Grenada Guadeloupe Guam Guatemala Guernsey Guinea Guinea-Bissau Guyana Haiti Heard and McDonald Islands Holy See Honduras Hong Kong Hungary Iceland India Indonesia Iran Iraq Ireland Isle of Man Israel Italy Jamaica Japan Jersey Jordan Kazakhstan Kenya Kiribati Kuwait Kyrgyzstan Lao People's Democratic Republic Latvia Lebanon Lesotho Liberia Libya Liechtenstein Lithuania Luxembourg Macau Macedonia Madagascar Malawi Malaysia Maldives Mali Malta Marshall Islands Martinique Mauritania Mauritius Mayotte Mexico Micronesia Moldova Monaco Mongolia Montenegro Montserrat Morocco Mozambique Myanmar Namibia Nauru Nepal Netherlands New Caledonia New Zealand Nicaragua Niger Nigeria Niue Norfolk Island North Korea Northern Mariana Islands Norway Oman Pakistan Palau Palestine, State of Panama Papua New Guinea Paraguay Peru Philippines Pitcairn Poland Portugal Puerto Rico Qatar Réunion Romania Russia Rwanda Saint Barthélemy Saint Helena Saint Kitts and Nevis Saint Lucia Saint Martin Saint Pierre and Miquelon Saint Vincent and the Grenadines Samoa San Marino Sao Tome and Principe Saudi Arabia Senegal Serbia Seychelles Sierra Leone Singapore Sint Maarten Slovakia Slovenia Solomon Islands Somalia South Africa South Georgia South Korea South Sudan Spain Sri Lanka Sudan Suriname Svalbard and Jan Mayen Islands Sweden Switzerland Syria Taiwan Tajikistan Tanzania Thailand Timor-Leste Togo Tokelau Tonga Trinidad and Tobago Tunisia Turkey Turkmenistan Turks and Caicos Islands Tuvalu Uganda Ukraine United Arab Emirates United Kingdom United States Uruguay US Minor Outlying Islands Uzbekistan Vanuatu Venezuela Vietnam Virgin Islands, British Virgin Islands, U.S. Wallis and Futuna Western Sahara Yemen Zambia Zimbabwe Country
• Number of Travellers *
• Phone Number
• Travel Date Day 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Month 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Year 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021 2020 2019 2018 2017 2016 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 2009 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 2002 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994 1993 1992 1991 1990 1989 1988 1987 1986 1985 1984 1983 1982 1981 1980 1979 1978 1977 1976 1975 1974 1973 1972 1971 1970 1969 1968 1967 1966 1965 1964 1963 1962 1961 1960 1959 1958 1957 1956 1955 1954 1953 1952 1951 1950 1949 1948 1947 1946 1945 1944 1943 1942 1941 1940 1939 1938 1937 1936 1935 1934 1933 1932 1931 1930 1929 1928 1927 1926 1925 1924 1923 1922 1921 1920
• Send us your Message *

Table of Contents

Highlights of Everest Base Camp Trek

• Walk into the base of the world’s highest peak Mt. Everest (8848 meters) at 5346 meters from sea level.
• Step into the most popular vantage point Kala Patthar (5555 meters) to catch the finest glimpse of Everest.
• Walk through the diverse flora and fauna of Sagarmatha National Park
• Collect blessings from the oldest monastery of the Khumbu region, Tengboche monastery.
• Walk past the stunning icefalls, Khumbu glacier, and icicles on the way to the base camp.
• Take an adventurous stroll around the glacial lakes and Gokyo Ri in the Gokyo valley
• Connect with the local Sherpa people of the Khumbu region.
• Do some shopping in the popular business hub of Khumbu region, Namche Bazar
• Take an electrifying flight from Kathmandu – Lukla. Lukla airport is among the world’s dangerous airport.
• Do some interaction with those mountaineers preparing for the Everest, or Island Peak, or Mera Peak, or Lobuche Peak.

Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary

You can go on standard Everest Base Camp trek in 14 days . But the itinerary is customizable. You can either extra days to your trek or you can cut-off trek days.

You can plan your own itinerary as per your convenience. You can also complete the trek in 11 days or extend it to even 19 days as well. The number of days you will be spending on the trek depends on your trek preference and convenience.

Despite the number of trekking days, you must get the necessary permits for EBC trek once you are here in Kathmandu. While in the city, you need to obtain the necessary permits for the trek.

If you are a solo trekker you need to arrange the permits by yourself. But if you are trekking through a travel company, they will arrange all the permits and complete the legal formalities for you.

Here’s a standard 14 days detailed itinerary for the Everest Base Camp Trek.

Day 01- Kathmandu – Lukla – Phakding

Altitude: 2804 meters, Phakding

Flight duration: 45 minutes

Trek duration: 4-5 hours

After morning breakfast, you will leave the airport to catch a 45 minutes flight to Lukla. The flight is among the electrifying flights in the world. You will get to enjoy the first view of the mountains and amazing views of the Everest region.

This scenic flight lands at Lukla from where your actual trek starts. You climb downhill to Phakding for about 4-5 hours for an overnight stay.

Day 02- Phakding – Namche Bazaar

Altitude: 3441 meters, Namche Bazar

Trek Duration: 6-7 hours

The next morning you will enjoy a warm meal at Phakding and leave for Namche Bazaar . On walking across the bank of Dudh Koshi river and crossing several suspension bridges you will reach Namche in around 6-7 hours.

On this day you will enter Sagarmatha National Park where you need to verify your permits to enter the region. On walking past the lush forests of rhododendrons you will finally reach this popular town of the Everest region.

There are enough hotels and lodges for your overnight stay.

Day 03- Rest Day at Namche Bazaar

Since altitude is the major concern during this trek, you will be spending a rest day at Namche Bazaar.

If the weather is clear you will catch the first views of Mt. Everest and its neighboring peaks from Namche Bazaar. On this acclimatization day, you will be taking short strolls around the nearby villages like Khunde and Khumjung.

You will get a chance of a closer encounter with the Sherpa people of the region and their lifestyles. Plus, you can also visit a school constructed by Sir Edmund Hillary and get to know about its present conditions.

In the evening you can walk around the market of Namche Bazaar and do some shopping.

Day 04- Namche Bazar – Tengboche

Altitude: 3860 meters

Trek Duration: 5-6 hours

Breakfast the next day and you will start your trek of the day. Bidding farewell to the Namche Bazaar you will start ascending towards Tengboche.

On this day, you will walk to the Tengboche monastery- the oldest monastery of the region. Plus, if you trek during the expedition season, you will encounter many mountaineers. They come to take blessings in the monastery for their successful climb to the summit.

Also, on clear days the monastery offers the panoramic views of the chain of Himalayas in the Everest region. There are enough tea houses on the monastery premises for your overnight stay.

Day 05- Tengboche – Dingboche

Altitude: 4400 meters, Dingboche

Collecting the blessings at the monastery you will leave for the next destination after breakfast on the next day. You will start to ascend to altitudes above 4000 meters so you must walk slowly and take proper rest.

You cross several rocky trails and boulders to catch a view of a small village on the lap of Ama Dablam – Dingboche village. The small village on the lap of mountains and on the neighborhood of rivulets and streams has limited teahouses for your overnight stay.

So, it is a good idea to pre-book rooms. Overnight stay at Dingboche.

Day 06- Acclimatization day

Altitude: 4710 meters, Nagarjuna Hill

Hike duration: 4-5 hours

This is the second day of rest during your 14 days Everest Base Camp trek. On this day you will spend time exploring the village, hike to the nearby hillocks like Nagarjuna Hill.

This scenic hike will offer you the closest views of the Everest, Nuptse , Lhotse , Ama Dablam, and other peaks.

Or, you can hike to Chukung Ri to catch the best view of Island Peak and the mountaineers busy in climbing Island Peak. You will spend the night in the same teahouse at Dingboche.

Day 07- Dingboche – Lobuche

Altitude: 4900 meters, Lobuche

Trek Duration: 4-5 hours

Spending 2 nights in a tea house at Dingboche you will leave for Lobuche. En route, you walk past the Khumbu glacier and icefall.

This is among the challenging part of the trek, you must be very careful to proceed forward.

En route, you walk past the memorial of the dead mountaineers where you can rest for a moment to pray for the departed soul.

Catching the finest views of Lobuche Peak on your side you walk towards the Lobuche village for an overnight stay.

Day 08- Lobuche – Gorak Shep- Everest Base Camp

Altitude: 5160 meters, EBC

Trek Duration: 7-8 hours

Early morning breakfast and you will leave Lobuche village to trek to Gorak Shep. Gorak Shep is the final point of the trek before you reach the Everest Base Camp.

First, you walk past the rock, adventurous terrains of the Lobuche village to reach Gorak Shep. After reaching the tea house, you will take a short rest and then hike to the base camp.

On reaching the Base Camp you will have amazing feelings. You will spend some amazing moments on the lap of Himalayas . You can click as many pictures as you like.

After enjoying the bliss of this closeness to the mountains you will return back to Gorak Shep for an overnight stay.

Day 09- Gorak Shep- Kala Patthar- Pheriche

Altitude: 5555 meters, Kala Patthar

The next morning you will leave the tea house quite early in the morning and walk for 45 minutes to reach Kala Patthar . There, you can catch the best views of Mount Everest along with its neighboring peaks.

This is the vantage point for the best views of Mt Everest, Nuptse, Lhotse, and other chains of Himalayas. And, it is the final destination for your trek.

After spending some time in the vicinity of the mountains you will walk back to Gorak Shep and enjoy your lunch. Then you will descend to Pheriche village for the overnight stay.

Day 10- Pheriche – Namche Bazaar

Altitude: 3860 meters, Pheriche

On this day you will get to open your eyes with the skyrocketing peaks in front of you. After breakfast, you will descend back to the Namche Bazaar where you will be spending the night. Once in Namche, you can do some souvenirs shopping if you wish to.

Day 11- Namche Bazar- Lukla

Altitude: 3440 meters, Namche Bazar

The next morning you descend past the lush forests of rhododendrons and magnolias. You will do final checking at the entry point of Sagarmatha National Park. And start trekking to Lukla, the final destination of the day.

On walking, you descend through different monasteries, temples, chortens and meet locals. Once you reach Lukla, you can book the Kathmandu flight for the next day.

Day 12- Lukla – Kathmandu

Altitude: 2,860 meters, Lukla

This is the final time you will review the chain of Himalayas in the Everest region. You will catch the morning flight back to Kathmandu from Lukla.

Once in Kathmandu, you can either take rest or spend your time strolling in the alleys of Thamel or Basantapur.

Note: The bad weather and wind may cause flight delays. So, you must prepare yourself for such unexpected situations as well.

Altitude Details of Everest Base Camp Trek

Trek to the Everest Base Camp is among the high-altitude treks in the world. On this trek, you will start from the low altitude and gradually ascend to the base of the highest peak in the world.

You will start the trip from Kathmandu at the elevation of 1300 meters, land at Lukla Airport at an altitude of 2860 meters. From there you slowly descend to Phakding at an altitude of 2652 meters.

Following the trail, you will ascend to the height of 3440 at Namche then 3867 at Tengboche. From there you leave for 4350 meters at Dingboche followed by 4940 meters at Lobuche.

Then to Gorak Shep, 5164 to Everest Base Camp, 5380 meters to Kala Patthar, 5555 meters. And descend back to Lukla following the trails of Pheriche 4371 meters.

Best time for Everest Base Camp trek

Autumn (September – November ) and Spring (March-May) is the peak season for Everest Base Camp Trek. Or, say it is the best time for traveling and any other treks in Nepal .

This is the finest time to explore the nook and cranny of the Everest region. Because the weather and temperature are most favorable during this time of the year.

Besides the altitudes, you will have lesser difficulty in the trek during this time of the year. You do not have to worry either of the rain, or snow, or blizzards, or leeches on the trails. You can walk free without any worries.

The crisp surrounding, sharp views, less humidity, blue skies, and the bearable temperature make Autumn and Spring the best time for this trek.

But, with the proper preparation and appropriate packing, you can opt for this trek in summer as well as winter. You must be extra careful during this time.

Everest Base Camp Trek Difficulty

This is a moderate trek on the exotic terrains of the Everest region. On this Everest region trek, you walk past several boulders and cross the stone stairs. You walk past the ice falls, cross many rivers and suspension bridges.

In the process, you climb several uphills as well as downhills. But you do not need to fear the difficulty as this trek does not demand a steep, vertical, and challenging climb.

But altitude sickness is the ultimate threat factor during the trek. The trek starts from the altitude as low as 1300, Kathmandu to Lukla at 2860 meters. And then you ascend up to the height of 5555 meters.

So, the altitude is a real challenge in this trek. So, you must not compromise on the acclimatization days you will be spending on the route.

Also, to keep yourself moving, healthy and happy you must walk slowly, take proper rest, and drink enough water. A minor muscle cramp may be threatening up in the mountains. So, be careful while walking. Have faith in yourself, pack properly this trek is completely doable.

Everest Base Camp Weather and Temperature

Ebc weather and temperature in autumn.

Autumn is the best time of the year. It has the most favorable weather and temperature for travel activities as well as other activities. During this time the days are much hotter nor they are colder. So, you will enjoy the pleasantness everywhere.

During the season the average daily temperature in the Everest region ranges from the lowest 15 degrees to maximum 20 degree Celsius. Where nights are more chilling with a drop of the temperature to -10 degrees.

The weather is the most stable than other seasons. The less humid atmosphere and the monsoon-washed surrounding are the clearest and crisp during this season. You will get the clearest views of the mountains and the landscape under the serene blue sky.

Also, there is less chance of rain and the weather changes during this time of the year. Such an amazing time you will have in the Everest region.

EBC Weather and Temperature in Spring

Spring is the time of wildflowers and the soothing melodies in the forests of the Sagarmatha National Park. This is the other best time to trek in the Everest region before the arrival of monsoon in Nepal.

The time is among the hotter months of the year. But the daytime temperature remains from lowest 17 degrees to the highest 25 degrees in the Everest region. While the nights and the mornings are chilling with the temperature to -15 degrees.

This is the time when the forests bloom in rhododendron and magnolia everywhere. You get to see different flora and fauna transforming into a new life after the end of winter months in the region.

There is the least chance of rain and snow. Plus, the lowest precipitation in the season offers the sharpest views of the chain off Himalayas. Alongside with the lush vegetations, and the exotic mountainside settlements.

Also, the weather remains stable during this time so, you do not have to fear much.

EBC Weather and Temperature in Summer/ Monsoon

Summer is the season when the waterfalls and the cascading rivers come into life. With the rainfall, the trail is washed away and you get to walk in the lush vegetation.

The days are quite hot and bearable during this time in the Everest region. The average daytime temperature is 18- 25 degrees whereas nights and mornings are around -15 degrees.

You have the high chance of getting the clearest views of the mountains and the landscapes after rainfall. However, this is among the humid month so there are high chances that the fog covers the crisp views of the mountains.

Plus, you may go through leech bites and slippery trails if you trek during this time. So, you must plan your trek carefully if you are choosing summer treks.

EBC Weather and Temperature in Winter

Winter is the month of snow and the whole surrounding turns into winter wonderlands. If you love snow then you can choose Everest Base Camp Trek in winter. However, it is much colder in the region during this time.

The daytime temperature will be around 4 degrees whereas in the night the temperature may drop around -15 degrees. That means you may feel much cold in nights and mornings. So, it is a good idea to carry along a sleeping bag to warm yourself.

Plus, there is a high chance of storms, blizzards, and dense fog obstructing the surrounding and the weather. So, if you plan to trek during winter you must go prepared for such unpredictable weather conditions.

Note: The weather in mountains can often go unpredictable despite the best season you are trekking. So, before you opt for this trek you must prepare yourself physically as well as mentally for anything that may occur along the way.

Plus, it is a good idea to have some spare days if in case your flight gets delayed or canceled due to bad weather.

Altitude Sickness during EBC Trek

Everest Base Camp trek takes you to the foot of the highest peak in the world Mount Everest. On this trek, you will ascend to the greatest height of 5555 meters at Kala Patthar. Whereas you start the trek for the altitude as low as 1300 meters in Kathmandu. So, there is a high chance of suffering from altitude while on the trek.

As you ascend higher you may feel difficulty in breathing, feel nausea, sleeplessness, lethargy, and loss of appetite. If you notice such symptoms you must immediately stop ascending and take rest.

You should consult your guides about your problem and seek immediate treatments. In such a case, you must descend and take rest until you feel healthy and fit to ascend further. In severe cases, you can take Diamox to prevent the problem from getting worse.

To prevent the risks of altitude sickness you must spend enough acclimatization days during the trek. Plus, you must be careful while ascending to higher altitudes in a single day.

And you must check your food and drinks as well. You must keep yourself hydrated and avoid the consumption of alcohol while in higher altitudes.

Permits for Everest Base Camp Trek

Permits are a mandatory thing you must have to enter or trek in any trekking regions of Nepal. There are various checkpoints in the different parts of the trekking route. There you need to verify your permits before entering the region. So, Permits are the must-have before you start your trek.

During Everest Base Camp trek, you will walk in the Everest region and enter the Sagarmatha National Park. So, you need two different permits for this trek. It includes:

Local Area Entry Permit: USD 10

Sagarmatha National Park Entry Permit: USD 20

To receive the permit, you have to submit a photocopy of your valid passport and a passport size photo at Nepal Tourism Board, Kathmandu. Or, you can even get them at the entry point of Sagarmatha National Park, Monjo.

Also, you may wish to escape the Lukla flight and start the trek from Jiri after 7 hours drive from Kathmandu. For this, you need to get an additional permit to enter Gauri Shankar Conservation Area. You can buy it at Kathmandu or buy it at Shivalaya, Jiri.

Gauri Shankar Conservation Area Permit: USD 20 per person.

Hiring Guides and Porters

Hiring guides and porter for the trek is not compulsory. But there are different perks of walking with them.

They take care of you, guide you through the trails, notify you about the changing weather and temperature of the places you will be trekking on the day.

Porters help reduce the weight of your backpacks. So, you can walk free and enjoy everything on the trek. And they will make it easier for you to communicate with the locals and know about them.

And they are your savior if in case you face some problems on the trails or you notice the symptoms of altitude sickness. In general, you can hire a guide for USD 20- 25 per day whereas a porter costs around USD 15-20 per day.

Most importantly they help you pre-book the room and arrange your food of choice without any obstacles. They will be every time on your help during the whole trip.

To book them you can either hire them through the travel companies or hire local guides to trek with you.

Travel Insurance for EBC trek

Travel Insurance is a must for every type of treks and travels. It ensures your safety as well as the safety of your belongings. You can travel everywhere once you ensure yourself with a reliable travel insurance policy.

Everest Base Camp trek is among the high-altitude treks in the world. It is an adventurous trek in the Everest region but dangerous at the same time. There are many difficulties and risk factors during the trek to Everest Base Camp.

In such high altitude, dangerous, and adventurous treks travel insurance is a must. Sometimes you may get some health problems for which you may need medical evacuations. In such case of emergencies, your travel insurance comes handy.

So, before you come trekking in the Everest region, get a reliable insurance policy that covers up to the height of 6000 meters and offers immediate helicopter evacuations in case of emergencies.

You cannot get the insurance policy in Nepal, so before you come insure yourself with the most convenient policies. Many trekking companies do not accept if you do not have travel insurance. So, do not forget to ensure and bring policy papers while coming to Nepal.

Everest Base Camp Trek Cost

The Everest Base Camp trek cost depends on various factors . It varies on whether you are traveling with a trekking company or going on solo treks.

The total cost of the EBC trek depends on the cost of permits, the cost of food/drinks and accommodations during the trek. Plus, it depends on the cost of hiring guides and porters, the routes you choose, the season of your treks, and so on.

On average the EBC trek costs around USD 1100- 1300 per person depending on these various factors.

Also, you need to pay for hot water, to charge your electronic gadgets. Or, you may like to tip your guides and porter or you may want to donate some money on the local school, temples, or monasteries. These various factors determine the cost of your trekking.

However, trekking in Nepal is quite cheap than in other treks in the world. So, you do not need to worry much about the budget you will be spending on the trek.

To reduce this cost, you can do solo treks, or you can choose to trek in off-seasons.

People and Culture during EBC trek

Everest region is the land of Sherpa. As you enter the region you will encounter different dispersed settlements of the Sherpa people. You will get to walk past the typical houses, farms and the pastures of the denizens of the mountainsides.

On knowing these people better, you will know about the great influence of Tibetan culture and Buddhism in their lives. Their food, clothing habits reflect the mountainside lifestyle.

Plus, to know more about their culture and religions you can pay a visit to their place of devotion and faith. There are many monasteries and gompas with chortens and the hanging prayer flags. It will give deeper insight into the ethnic culture of these Sherpas.

If you manage to trek to this region in October- November you can become a part of the biggest celebration of the region. The region shines in the colors of Mani Rimdu festival in the Tengboche monastery .

During your acclimatization days, you can visit villages like Khumjung, Khunde and spend time in the local school built by Sir Edmund Hillary and the local health posts. Plus, you can do some shopping in the local market of the Everest region- Namche Bazaar.

Tips for Everest Base Camp Trek

• Since altitude is the major issue in this trek, do not rush. Take proper acclimatization. Do not jump into high altitudes in a single day. Walk slowly, ascend gradually.
• Drink plenty of water and food rich in carbohydrate. You need to be fit and have good stamina to walk further. You can also drink as much garlic soup as you can. It keeps your blood thick and eases respiration.
• If you are trekking in peak season, do not forget to pre-book the room and food. You may have to compromise in the dining room if you fail to pre-book the room.
• Carry along the water purification tablets ao purifiers. Instead of buying expensive water bottles you can use the local water by making it drinkable.
• Mountain weather is quite unpredictable. It changes in every hour. A sunny morning may bring dark clouds with thunderstorms in the evening. So, before you leave it is good to pack wisely. You should go prepared for any weather changes.
• Mountains in the evening may show some unusual weather conditions. So, it is good to start early in the morning and reach your destination for the day before it gets dark.
• Whichever season you are trekking it is always a good idea to carry along the 4-season sleeping bag. And a waterproof backpack.
• If you are a solo trekker do not forget to carry along a trekking map and get necessary permits before you start the trek.

EBC Trek after 2015 Earthquake

The Gorkha earthquake of April 2015 affected the Everest Base Camp Trek route. Due to the avalanche in the mountains, many trekkers lost their lives.

Many tea houses were completely devastated. The trails blocked with the massive boulders and rocks. The route became unsafe for trekking because of various factors.

However, the place and the route are already restored . The tea houses are newly constructed following the earthquake resistant techniques. The boulders and rocks are cleared from the route. There are lesser risks of an avalanche.

The locals of the region in coordination with the government and trekking associations have already made the place and route much safer for trekking.

Plus, the number of teahouses has also increased in the region. So, you do not have to worry to trek in the Everest Base Camp. TAAN has declared and re-opened the place for trekking.

So, the Everest region is completely safe to trek despite the 2015 Gorkha earthquake.

EBC Helicopter Trek

If you are willing to do the trek but do not have enough to join the 14 days trek to Everest Base Camp then do not worry. You can opt for the Everest Base Camp Helicopter trek . On this tour, you will walk from Lukla to the Everest Base Camp/ Kala Patthar. And, on returning back you take a helicopter flight directly from Base Camp to Kathmandu.

Or, you have another option for Everest Base Camp Heli Tour where you get to explore the diverse topography and lifestyles of the Everest region in around 4 hours. On this tour, you fly in a helicopter from Kathmandu to Lukla then to Everest Base Camp. On returning you will enjoy a warm meal at the Everest View Hotel and then fly back to Kathmandu.

This tour is the best option for you if you are either short on time. Or you are unable to trek in the rugged terrains of the Everest region but still want to be at the base of the world’s highest peak.

Side Trips to EBC

Besides following the classic Lukla route to the Everest Base Camp you can also use some side route. And enjoy the extra views and adventures in the trek along with your trek to the base camp.

You have two different alternate routes to reach the Base Camp.

Gokyo Valley Lake trek

On this trek, you walk towards Gokyo valley from Lukla village. This is among the less crowded and peaceful trails in the Everest region.

On this route, you get to explore five different glacial lakes of the Gokyo valley. Also, you will hike to Gokyo Ri, to catch the finest views of the Everest but, for a different perspective than from Kala Patthar.

Exploring the exotic, and off the beaten trails of the Gokyo valley , you will then trek to the Everest Base Camp.

Jiri Everest Base Camp Trek

This is a classic route to reach the base of the giant peak of the world, the Everest. The route follows a drive from Kathmandu to Jiri and then trekking throughout the trail. If you choose this route you will follow the footsteps of Sir Edmund Hillary and Tenzing Norgay Sherpa .

This is the best alternative for those who wish to escape the Lukla flight . This route takes you through different villages of Brahmins, Chhetris and other ethnicities before you reach Lukla village. From Lukla, you follow the ideal route to Everest Base Camp.

Everest Base Camp trek 14 days promises you the closest and best views of Mt. Everest along with its neighboring peaks. On this trek, you get to encounter the typical Sherpa people of the region, explore their distinct lifestyles.

You get to walk past several scattered Himalayan settlements, monasteries, and chortens. Also, cross numerous suspension bridges across the Dudh Koshi river.

With a trek of 14 days, you get to receive that amazing feeling of resting on the lap of Mount Everest, the highest peak in the world. A dream destination for many, isn’t it?

Related Articles

Which is the Most Difficult Everest Route?

Is There Wi-fi Available on the Everest Base Camp Trek?

How High Can a Helicopter Fly? Can it Fly to Mount Everest?

Gokyo Ri Sagarmatha National Park

Leave a reply cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK

EVEREST BASE CAMP

Pin Tweet Share WhatsApp

THE ESSENTIAL GUIDE

In this guide we cover everything you need to know about the Everest Base Camp Trek in Nepal. This includes suggested itineraries and practical information about accommodation, costs, what to pack, independent vs. guided treks, transport, and more. We also offer a route map with GPX download for use on the trek. And along with this written guide, we also share ‘silent hiking’ films that work well as a visual guide to the trail.

A chance for an adventurous and exciting journey, the Everest Base Camp Trek serves up spectacular scenery and gets you close to the world’s highest mountains, and as one of Nepal’s best known treks, it attracts people of all ages and experience levels. The trek ascends to high altitude (5000 m +) and is challenging, but it is achievable with a sensible itinerary that includes proper acclimatisation. Read on to discover more and start planning your own EBC trek.

Use the drop down menu below to jump to each section of this guide

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK OVERVIEW

EBC TREK FILMS

EVEREST BASE CAMP MAP & GPX DOWNLOAD

ELEVATION PROFILE & 3D ROUTE MAP

EVEREST BASE CAMP ITINERARIES

• THE CLASSIC EBC TREK
• EBC TREK VIA KHUMJUNG & PHORTSE
• EBC VIA KONGMA LA (5514 m)
• EBC AND GOKYO LAKES TREK
• BUFFER DAYS

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK SUMMARY

• LULKA TO NAMCHE BAZAAR
• NAMCHE ACCLIMATISATION DAY

NAMCHE BAZAAR TO DINGBOCHE

• ALT. ROUTE VIA KHUMJUNG & PHORTSE

DINGBOCHE ACCLIMATISATION DAY

Dingboche to everest base camp.

• ALT. ROUTE VIA KONGMA LA

EVEREST BASE CAMP TO LUKLA

• ALT. ROUTE VIA CHO LA & GOKYO LAKES

BEST TREKKING SEASONS

HOW TO GET TO LUKLA

HOW TO GET TO LUKLA WITHOUT FLYING

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK PERMITS & FEES

TREKKING INDEPENDENTLY

TREKKING WITH A GUIDE (& PORTER)

RECOMMENDED TREKKING AGENCY

ACCOMMODATION ON THE EBC TREK

FOOD ON THE EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK

SAFE DRINKING WATER

WIFI, PHONE SIGNAL & CHARGING

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK COST & BUDGET

MONEY & ATMs ON THE EBC TREK

WHAT TO PACK FOR THE EBC TREK

ALTITUDE AWARENESS & AMS

TRAVEL INSURANCE

GETTING TO NEPAL

NEPAL TOURIST VISAS

Nepal visa on arrival process.

WHERE TO STAY IN KATHMANDU

BUDGET KATHMANDU ACCOMMODATION

Mid-range kathmandu accommodation, high-end kathmandu accommodation.

MAPS, GUIDEBOOKS & APPS

*Some of the links in this post are affiliate links – if you purchase a product or service via these links, we may earn a small commission  at no extra cost to you . This helps offset the cost of running this blog and keeps us travelling so that we can continue to produce great content for you. As an Amazon Associate, we earn from qualifying purchases. We greatly appreciate your support!*

• DISTANCE | 120 -143 km depending on route taken (incl. acclimatisation/day hikes)
• DURATION | 12 – 15 days depending on route (incl. flying to/from Lukla)
• START/END | Lukla
• PERMITS REQUIRED | Khumbu Trek Card 2000 NPR; Sagarmatha National Park Fee 3000 NPR (SAARC nationals 1500 NPR / Nepali nationals 100 NPR)
• TREKKING SEASON | Best Seasons: April to Mid-May , October to Mid-November ; Shoulder Seasons: March, Late May, September, Mid-November to December ; Avoid: June to August, January to February
• TREK DIFFICULTY | Moderate (challenging if including Kongma La or Gokyo Lakes)
• ELEVATION GAIN/LOSS | +/- approx 7600 metres (Classic EBC Trek incl. acclimatisation/day hikes)
• MAX ALTITUDE | 5611 m (Kala Patthar) 
• GUIDE MANDATORY? | Khumbu Pasanglhamu Rural Municipality has stated that it is NOT mandatory to trek with a guide in the Khumbu region
• ACCOMMODATION | Teahouses/Guesthouses in villages along the trail
• TREK COST | $35 – $144 USD  per person, per day (budget independent trekker to fully inclusive package)
• RECOMMENDED TREKKING AGENCY | Himalayan Masters , Quote HOGG5  for 5% discount

DISTANCE 120 -143 km depending on route taken (incl. acclimatisation/day hikes)

DURATION 12 – 15 days depending on route taken (incl. flying to/from Lukla)

START/END Lukla

PERMITS REQUIRED Khumbu Trek Card 2000 NPR Sagarmatha National Park Fee 3000 NPR (SAARC nationals 1500 NPR, Nepali nationals 100 NPR)

TREKKING SEASON Best Season April to Mid-May October to Mid-November Shoulder Seasons March, Late May, September Mid-November to December Months To Avoid June, July, August January and February

TREK DIFFICULTY Moderate (challenging if including Kongma La or Gokyo Lakes)

ELEVATION GAIN/LOSS +/- approx 7600 metres (Classic EBC Trek incl. acclimatisation/day hikes)

MAX ALTITUDE 5611 m (Kala Patthar)

GUIDE MANDATORY? Khumbu Pasanglhamu Rural Municipality has stated that it is NOT mandatory to trek with a guide in the Khumbu region

ACCOMMODATION Teahouses/Guesthouses in villages along the trail

TREK COST $35 – $145 USD  per person, per day (budget independent trekker to fully inclusive package)

OUR RECOMMENDED TREKKING AGENCY Himalayan Masters , Quote HOGG5  for 5% discount

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREKKING FILMS

Get a sense of the Everest Base Camp trekking route in our ‘silent hiking’ style ambient films.

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK MAP & GPX DOWNLOAD

MAP & GPX DOWNLOAD

We have created a detailed Everest Base Camp trekking map to accompany this guide. It shows the Classic Everest Base Camp trekking route along with the alternative routes outlined in this guide, going via Khumjung and Phorste, Kongma La, and Cho La and Gokyo Lakes. The main side/acclimatisation hike options are included too, and the overland route between Salleri and Lukla is also marked.

Detailed stats and an elevation profile are included for each route section. Guesthouse settlements and tea shops are also marked, as well as key sights and practical info such as checkpoints, hospitals, and transport hubs. Guesthouses as per our own trek itinerary are marked, including info about prices and services, phone numbers (where possible), and a copy of the menu. Photos are included with almost every pin. 

You can use the digital map online, or download it for offline use with a mapping app such as Organic Maps, Maps.me or Gaia GPS. This is very helpful for navigation assistance on the trail. It allows you to quickly pinpoint key places and services along the way and calculate distances and elevation differences between destinations.

Note that while we’ve tried to be as accurate as possible when recording and mapping the route, changes on the ground are inevitable (especially on routes crossing glaciers) and this map should not be solely relied upon for navigation.

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK ELEVATION PROFILE

ELEVATION PROFILE

The image below shows the elevation profile of the Classic Everest Base Camp trek, starting and ending in Lukla. The route shown here includes the various acclimatisation and side hikes as outlined in the suggested itinerary below. Elevation is displayed in metres and distance in kilometres.

3D ROUTE MAP

Watch our 3D relief map video to visualise the landscape and get a sense of the Everest Base Camp trek.

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK ITINERARY

ITINERARY OPTIONS

There is more than one trekking route to Everest Base Camp . In this section we outline the Classic EBC trek itinerary, but also include three alternative itineraries which enable you to vary your route on the way to and from Base Camp and see much more of the Khumbu region.  

We have created an overview table for each of the Everest Base Camp trek itinerary options. These include trekking distances and approximate trekking times for each day (excluding lunch stops, breaks, etc), as well as stats on elevation gain/loss and sleeping altitude. For each itinerary the assumption is that you will fly into Lukla on the morning of Day 1 and start trekking. You will need to add 3 – 5 days if you plan to travel overland from Kathmandu to Lukla or vice versa. 

It is also possible to combine the following itineraries to create your own alternative EBC trek. For example, you could trek via Khumjung, Phortse and Kongma La on the way to EBC, or you could include both Kongma La and Gokyo Lakes. A few minor possible alternatives along the way are noted below each itinerary, such as alternate overnight stops.

If viewing the itinerary tables on a mobile device or tablet, scroll to the right to see the full table or flip your screen to landscape mode

CLASSIC EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK ITINERARY

A classic Everest Base Camp trek itinerary is 11 nights/12 days, following the exact same route on the way to and from EBC. If you have limited time, this is the shortest itinerary you can follow while sticking to safe altitude ascent rates.

DAY 1 ALT. INFO*

*Alternatively, continue to Monjo (2830 m)  where fewer  people stay overnight  (a further 5.1 km, approx 2 hours trekking time) . Doing this means the trail will be less busy for both your Phakding to Monjo section, and the Monjo to Namche section the following morning.

DAY 4 ALT. INFO**

**Alternatively, continue to Pangboche (3950 m)  where fewer people stay overnight (a further 4.2 km, approx 1.5 hours trekking time). Pangboche is a lovely village with fantastic views of Ama Dablam, and there are many guesthouses. Tengboche, on the other hand, only has two guesthouses and it can be difficult to get a room here in peak season. Continuing to Pangboche also means the trail will be less busy for both your Tengboche to Pangboche section, and the Pangboche to Dingboche section the following morning.

DAYS 8 & 9 ALT. INFO***

***On days 8 and 9 the classic itinerary that most people follow is to visit EBC after lunch at Gorak Shep, then hike up Kala Patthar in the dark for sunrise the next morning (when it is bitterly cold). If you swap these two around as per the above suggested itinerary, you are guaranteed to have a less busy experience at both EBC and on the trail up Kala Patthar. As the skies are usually clearer in the morning you are also likely to have better views at EBC, however it is possible that the views from Kala Patthar will be obscured by afternoon clouds. If you’re lucky and have clear afternoon skies, then you will be treated to a fiery sunset glow on Everest and the surrounding mountains. If you hike up Kala Patthar in the morning, your mountain views will be brief as the sun rises directly behind Everest and you’ll soon be looking directly into the sun.

ALTERNATIVE EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK ITINERARY VIA KHUMJUNG AND PHORTSE

Our first alternative Everest Base Camp trek itinerary is 12 nights/13 days. This itinerary follows a different route between Namche Bazaar and Pangboche on the way to EBC, by trekking via Khumjung and Phortse. The overall difficulty of this route remains moderate, and the additional day allows you to explore more of the region and gives more time for acclimatisation. It’s also a great option for avoiding crowds during the peak trekking seasons, as far fewer people trek this alternative route.

DAYS 9 & 10 ALT. INFO**

**On days 8 and 9 the classic itinerary that most people follow is to visit EBC after lunch at Gorak Shep, then hike up Kala Patthar in the dark for sunrise the next morning (when it is bitterly cold). If you swap these two around as per the above suggested itinerary, you are guaranteed to have a less busy experience at both EBC and on the trail up Kala Patthar. As the skies are usually clearer in the morning you are also likely to have better views at EBC, however it is possible that the views from Kala Patthar will be obscured by afternoon clouds. If you’re lucky and have clear afternoon skies, then you will be treated to a fiery sunset glow on Everest and the surrounding mountains. If you hike up Kala Patthar in the morning, your mountain views will be brief as the sun rises directly behind Everest and you’ll soon be looking directly into the sun.

EVEREST BASE CAMP VIA KONGMA LA TREK ITINERARY

Our second alternative Everest Base Camp trek itinerary is 13 nights/14 days. This changes the route taken between Dingboche and Lobuche on the way to EBC by crossing a high pass called Kongma La (5514 m). This section is more challenging than the rest of the route, but it offers incredible scenery and the chance to explore much quieter sections of trail than you’ll experience on the classic EBC route.

DAY 8 ALT. INFO**

***There are two viewpoints on the Chukhung Ri acclimatisation hike, the lower one (5380 m) which most people visit and the higher one (5516 m) which involves a tough and steep climb towards the end.

DAYS 10 & 11 ALT. INFO****

****On days 8 and 9 the classic itinerary that most people follow is to visit EBC after lunch at Gorak Shep, then hike up Kala Patthar in the dark for sunrise the next morning (when it is bitterly cold). If you swap these two around as per the above suggested itinerary, you are guaranteed to have a less busy experience at both EBC and on the trail up Kala Patthar. As the skies are usually clearer in the morning you are also likely to have better views at EBC, however it is possible that the views from Kala Patthar will be obscured by afternoon clouds. If you’re lucky and have clear afternoon skies, then you will be treated to a fiery sunset glow on Everest and the surrounding mountains. If you hike up Kala Patthar in the morning, your mountain views will be brief as the sun rises directly behind Everest and you’ll soon be looking directly into the sun.

EVEREST BASE CAMP AND GOKYO LAKES TREK ITINERARY

Our third alternative Everest Base Camp trek itinerary is 14 nights/15 days. This varies the route taken between Lobuche and Namche Bazaar on the way back from EBC, by crossing a high pass called Cho La (5368 m) and descending via the spectacular Gokyo Lakes. Again, this route is more challenging than the classic or first alternative EBC itineraries we suggest, due to the extra distance and overall elevation gain. However, it is a highly rewarding trek which includes some of the most spectacular locations in the Khumbu region. The sections of trail that you must repeat on the way to and from EBC are kept to an absolute minimum on this itinerary.

IMPORTANCE OF BUFFER DAYS

Building in buffer days to your Everest Base Camp itinerary is highly recommended, especially if you plan on flying to/from Lukla. Flights are regularly cancelled due to poor weather conditions, sometimes for a number of days. If everything runs smoothly, it takes half a day or less to get to/from Lukla at the start/end of your trek. However, if flights are not operating, it can take up to 3 days to travel overland from Kathmandu to Lukla, using a mixture of buses and jeeps, and by trekking too. Therefore, it’s wise to have at least 3 or 4 days between the end of your planned trek itinerary and any international flight. This would allow you time to get from Lukla to Kathmandu overland if necessary.

Of course, a delay could also happen at the start of your trek while trying to get to Lukla, and this might leave you struggling to catch up with your original itinerary. Having a couple of buffer days built in will mean you don’t have to drastically alter your itinerary, avoiding the need to walk extra long distances to save a day or skipping places because you don’t have time.

Buffer days also allow you to alter your itinerary on the go more easily. For example, if you get sick and need to spend an extra night somewhere,  or the weather is bad and you want to wait it out before continuing your trek, then you have the extra days on hand.

It’s worth knowing that should everything go to plan and you don’t need to use any buffer days during your trek, it’s straightforward for a trekking agency to change the date of your flight, bringing it forward a few days for example. However, this is not so easy if you have booked your flight online, independently.

OUR RECOMMENDED TREKKING AGENCY

We partnered with  Himalayan Masters for our Langtang Valley, Gosainkunda, EBC and Everest Three Passes treks, and found them to be professional and committed to a high level of service

To enquire about booking your own trek, get in touch via email at [email protected] and mention the code HOGG5 to get a 5% discount off the cost of your trip

ROUTE SUMMARY

LUKLA TO NAMCHE BAZAAR

The first two days of the Everest Base Camp trek are repeated in reverse on the final day of the trek. With only one route connecting Lukla and Namche Bazaar, unfortunately there’s no avoiding this. 

This section of the trek passes through numerous villages and teahouse settlements, the last of which is Jorsale, shortly beyond the entrance to Sagarmatha National Park. There are five suspension bridges to cross, including the 125 metre high Hillary Bridge, and numerous smaller fixed metal bridges. The Khumbu Trek Card Registration desk (where you get your Khumbu Trek Card and pay your Sagarmatha NP entrance fee) is shortly beyond Lukla, and there are further checkpoints at Toc Toc, Monjo, and just before Namche Bazaar.

The route follows a mixture of wide stone paths, riverside paths, and forest trail, with plenty of up and down along the way. There is one notable ascent, a 700 metre climb immediately after crossing the Hillary Suspension Bridge, on the last stretch before Namche. This section is a pleasant couple of days and a good introduction to the trek, with greenery and the chance to see colourful rhododendrons and blossoms in spring, plenty of scenic river views, and a definite buzz thanks to all the people coming and going and the numerous villages dotting the trail.

With only one route up and down to Namche, traffic jams are common along this section, with trekkers, porters, and pack mules, yaks and their handlers all sharing the same trail. Bottlenecks are particularly common at suspension bridges and on the steep climb up to Namche. Be sure to wait on the side of the trail without a drop-off when letting pack animals pass, and don’t start crossing a bridge if you can see them coming in the opposite direction – let them cross first. Finally, stick to the left side when walking by any mani stones, mani walls and prayer wheels, as it’s both common practice and culturally appropriate.

For more detail about this section of the route, see Days 1 and 2 of our Everest Three Passes Route Guide .

The Hillary Suspension Bridge as seen from the valley floor, with the old bridge still in place below

NAMCHE BAZAAR ACCLIMATISATION DAY

It’s important to acclimatise properly throughout your Everest Base Camp trek. This allows your body time to get used to the ever-increasing altitude as you ascend to 5000 metres and above. Building in rest days, staying well hydrated, and going on acclimatisation hikes (where you climb higher during the day but sleep lower at night) are all good ways of helping your body acclimatise.

Unless you are already acclimatised (for example you have been at altitudes of 4000 metres and higher within the previous week), spending a second night at Namche Bazaar is highly recommended and this is standard on virtually all Everest Base Camp trek itineraries. You should do this even if it seems like you feel physically fine. 

The most common destination for an acclimatisation hike from Namche Bazaar is the Hotel Everest View (3880 m) , where you can get lunch or a drink and enjoy fantastic views from the terrace. It takes around 3 hours to hike up to the hotel and back down again. A must-visit on the way is Sagarmatha Next , a learning / experience / visitor centre and gallery championing waste management solutions for the Khumbu region. 

Morning view over Namche Bazaar from the northeast

Morning view of Namche Bazaar from the northeast

For a longer hike and the chance to see more of the local area, doing a loop via Khumjung is a great option. Khumjung is the largest Sherpa village in the region, with an impressive monastery and a school founded by Edmund Hillary in 1960. The original classroom is now the Sir Edmund Hillary Visitor Centre , another great place to visit and learn about the Khumbu region. The loop hike (including Hotel Everest View) is around 7.5 km, and you should allow up to 5 hours for the hike. It’s also possible to include a visit to Khunde village, home to another monastery. This would extend the loop route to around 9.1 km and you should allow up to 6 hours.   

If you plan to overnight at Khumjung on day 4 of your trek, following the ‘Alternative Everest Base Camp Itinerary’ outlined above, you might want to opt for a shorter Namche acclimatisation hike. Hiking 100 metres up to the helipad on the western side of the village is a good choice. There is an excellent view over Namche from here, where you can see it curving around the sloping hillside in amphitheatre-like fashion.

Various Namche acclimatisation hiking routes are marked on our EBC Trek map .

CLASSIC ROUTE VIA TENGBOCHE

This two-day section of the Everest Base Camp trek offers fantastic mountain scenery and a beautiful trekking trail, passing through forest and open hillside. There is one notable big climb between Phunki Thanga and Tengboche but otherwise the trail is mostly straightforward, with just a few short steep sections, and plenty of flat, undulating, or gentle climbs. There are a handful of small villages along the route, two suspension bridges, a checkpoint at Phunki Thanga, and an impressive monastery at Tengboche which is well worth visiting (daily 7am – 8am, 9am – 11am, and 1pm – 5:30pm, monks chanting at 3pm). After Pangboche you are more or less above the treeline, surrounded by imposing mountains and expansive views.

For more detail about this section of the route, see Days 4 and 5 of our Everest Three Passes Route Guide .

Trekkers pass through Shomare on the way to Dingboche, with the twin peaks of Ama Dablam rising behind

Trekkers pass through the village of Shomare on the way to Dingboche, with the twin peaks of Ama Dablam rising behind

ALTERNATIVE ROUTE VIA KHUMJUNG AND PHORTSE

This three-day route section follows an alternative trail between Namche and Pangboche before joining the classic Everest Base Camp trail for the final stretch to Dingboche. Opting for this itinerary allows you to vary your route on the way to and from EBC and take advantage of much quieter trails. Plus, the extra day allows for a slower ascent pace, which is a good option for anyone who knows they are slow to acclimatise or prefers to follow a more cautious itinerary.

This route climbs initially to Khumjung, the largest Sherpa village in the region, then stays above the ‘Classic EBC’ route to Pangboche, offering fantastic views throughout. There is a small guesthouse settlement at Mong La (3970 m) which is the highest point on the way to Phortse, a scenic village with a number of guesthouses, local homes, and the Khumbu Climbing Centre . 

There is plenty of up and down on this section of the trek, with some notable climbs to Khumjung, Mong La, and both before and after Phortse. However, this route is not considerably more challenging than the ‘Classic EBC’ route, especially as it is split over three days instead of two. 

Spending two nights at Dingboche, a sizeable village situated at 4300 m, is advisable in order to ensure you ascend to very high altitude at a safe rate. Going on an acclimatisation hike is also an important part of acclimatising to such altitudes, and Nangkartshang Peak (5039 m) is a great option. This hill rises to the north of Dingboche and there are fantastic views throughout the climb, especially of Ama Dablam. There is an obvious path all the way to the rocky top, which is festooned with prayer flags and spacious enough for plenty of people. The 766 metre climb should take around 2.5 – 3 hours, with the descent about half that. It’s advisable to start early (around 7:30am) for the best chance of clear views and calm conditions. 

After a 760 metre climb, people rest and enjoy the views at the prayer flags on Nangkartshang

For a longer and less busy acclimatisation hike, a great option is the side hike up the valley to the east of Dingboche to Chukhung Village and Chukhung Ri, a viewpoint situated at 5380 m. The views from Chukhung Ri are fantastic, looking back down the valley and across to an impressive ice wall, and you’ll be surrounded by numerous majestic snowy peaks including Lhotse, Nuptse, Island Peak and Ama Dablam. Allow up to 8 hours for this return hike.

Plenty of outstanding views to appreciate while hiking up to Chukhung Ri

Plenty of outstanding views to stop and appreciate while hiking up to Chukhung Ri

Whichever acclimatisation hike you decide to do, ensure you have plenty of water, snacks, and warm layers with you.

For more detail about these hikes, see Day 6 (Nangkartshang) and Day 8 (Chukhung Ri) of our Three Passes Route Guide.

CLASSIC ROUTE

If you’re following the Classic EBC route you’ll trek from Dingboche to Base Camp over 2 – 2.5 days, spending a night at Lobuche and then at Gorak Shep. From Gorak Shep you’ll do a return hike to EBC. Most people also include a side hike to Kala Patthar, the highest point of the trek at 5611 m, where you can get a view of Mt Everest (which isn’t actually visible from Base Camp.) 

The route heads up the valley to the northwest of Dingboche, climbs to Thok La pass, then heads northeast, running parallel to the Khumbu Glacier all the way to Base Camp. It’s a gradual ascent for most of the way, but at these altitudes (4300 m – 5300 m) even a gentle climb can take your breath away. The climb to Thok La on the way to Lobuche, the short but steep climb on the way to Gorak Shep, and the undulating rocky glacier section immediately before Gorak Shep are among the most challenging sections.

The views are wonderful throughout and the final sight of Everest Base Camp, encircled by soaring peaks, is a memorable one. This is especially true if you’re trekking during the peak climbing season, when a sea of tents sprawls across the glacier at the foot of the Khumbu Icefall – seen from the trail, these tiny yellow dots emphasise the enormity of the surroundings even more.

First sight of Everest Base Camp from the trail

Posing for the obligatory photo on the ‘EBC Rock’

Seen from the Kala Patthar trail about 30 minutes before sunset , the clouds part to reveal the summit of Mount Everest (8849 m)

Lobuche is a small settlement of guesthouses on the edge of the Khumbu Glacier, a very busy spot where everyone going to and from EBC stops for food and/or spends the night. Gorak Shep is even smaller, busier, and more basic with just four guesthouses and no good water supply. 

For more detail about this section of the route, see Days 10 and 11 of our Everest Three Passes Route Guide .

ALTERNATIVE ROUTE VIA KONGMA LA

This alternative route to Everest Base Camp is a three day trek between Dingboche and Lobuche, via Chukhung, Chukhung Ri and Kongma La. At Lobuche you rejoin the classic route for the final section to Gorak Shep, Kala Patthar and EBC. This is part of the Everest Three Passes trek and is a challenging but very rewarding addition to the EBC trek. With far fewer people trekking this route compared to the Classic EBC route, you can expect the trail to be much quieter.

The route follows  a gently ascending trail up the scenic valley to the northeast of Dingboche before reaching the small guesthouse settlement of Chukhung. It’s advisable to spend two nights here, using the extra day for an acclimatisation hike to the spectacular viewpoint of Chukhung Ri (5380 m) before crossing Kongma La the following day. The scenery around the village is very dramatic, as are the views seen throughout the hike to Chukhung Ri, with Ama Dablam rising to the south, Island Peak to the east, and Lhotse and Nuptse to the north, along with countless other peaks and the dramatic ice wall of the Chukhung Glacier.

The trek to Kongma La (5514 m) involves a long ascent but other than a couple of short steep sections, it’s mostly a steady climb, and the landscape is striking. From the pass you have incredible 360 degree views and you can see all the way down to Lobuche, a small cluster of buildings on the far side of the rocky Khumbu Glacier. The descent is somewhat steep and slippery at first due to loose dirt, shale, and small rocks, but becomes less steep as you work your way down to the eastern side of the glacier. The final section, crossing the glacier itself, involves plenty of up and down as you work your way across jumbled rocks and around small glacial lakes; on the other side, a final downhill stretch leads to Lobuche.

For more detail about this section of the route, see Days 7 – 9 of our Everest Three Passes Route Guide .

On the final approach to Kongma La

The Classic Everest Base Camp trekking route follows the same trail on the return to Namche Bazaar, covering the distance in three days with overnights at Pheriche, Namche, and Lukla. As you drop in altitude more oxygen flows through your blood and the physical strain on your body reduces. This combined with the fact that you no longer need to think about acclimatisation enables you to cover a much greater daily distance than on previous days. The return section of the trek is not all downhill however, and three 17 – 19 km days in a row can be very tiring!

ALTERNATIVE ROUTE VIA CHO LA AND GOKYO LAKES

An alternative route connects Lobuche and Namche Bazaar via Cho La and Gokyo Lakes. This turns your trek into a loop hike commonly known as the Everest Base Camp and Gokyo Lakes trek. Following this route over six days, you’ll cross Cho La (5368 m), a high pass to the west of Lobuche, descend from the pass and traverse the rocky Ngozumpa Glacier to reach Gokyo and a string of brilliant blue lakes, then follow the Gokyo Valley back to Namche where you’ll join the trail to Lukla. The route takes in some of the best scenery in the Khumbu region and is a fantastic alternative to the Classic EBC trek, although definitely more challenging with the addition of the high pass. 

This route diverges from the classic trail a little south of Lobuche, working its way around a hillside to the northwest to reach the small guesthouse settlement of Dzonglha. The ascent to Cho La on the next morning is initially gradual, after which there are a couple of steep sections and the crossing of an icy glacier (microspikes recommended) just before the pass. The descent starts off steeply (aided by a fixed metal rope) before becoming more gradual as it works its way down the valley to the guesthouses at Dragnag (Thangnak). On the following morning* you have to cross the Ngozumpa Glacier, the largest glacier in Nepal, with a rocky, undulating trail passing small glacial lakes to reach Gokyo on the other side. The descent onto and climb off the glacier is quite steep.

*If you are looking to save a day it is possible to continue to Gokyo after crossing Cho La, without spending the night at Dragnag (Thangnak). It will very much depend on your energy levels and the weather conditions on the day.  

Trekkers crossing the icy glacier towards Cho La (5368 m), the rocky dip ahead

Gokyo, a medium-sized teahouse village, sits on the western side of the glacier, on the shores of Dudh Pokhari, or Gokyo 3rd Lake. The setting is beautiful. You can visit the 4th Lake on a side hike to the north, and climb the steep trail to Gokyo Ri early the next morning for some of the most impressive views in the region. The return to Namche Bazaar is via the Gokyo valley, following the Dudh Koshi river. A good option is to break your journey at the small village of Dole, then continue beyond Namche to overnight at Monjo before the final stretch back to Lukla. 

Early morning at Gokyo

Beyond Dole the trail descends towards Phortse Tenga, then climbs to Mong La, on the same route as outlined in the ‘Alternative Route via Khumjung and Phortse’ section. From Mong La it’s possible to descend all the way to Sanasa and take the same trail back to Namche that you followed on the way to Tengboche, or stay higher and follow a trail to the large Sherpa village of Khumjung before descending to Namche. The route between Namche and Lukla is the same as at the start of the trek. 

For more detail about the Everest Base Camp to Gokyo section of the route, see Days 11 – 15 of our Everest Three Passes Route Guide .

SEE MORE FROM NEPAL

Everest Base Camp Trek: The Essential Guide

Everest Three Passes Trekking Route Guide

Everest Three Passes Trek: The Essential Guide

Gosainkunda Helambu Trekking Route Guide

Gosainkunda Trek: The Essential Guide

Langtang Valley Trekking Route Guide

Langtang Valley Trek: The Essential Guide

What To Pack For Trekking In Nepal

Upper Mustang Trek: The Essential Guide

Upper Mustang Trek Itinerary: A Day By Day Account

Annapurna Circuit Trek: The Essential Guide

Annapurna Circuit Trek Itinerary: A Day By Day Account

Manaslu Circuit Trek: The Essential Guide

Manaslu Circuit Trek Itinerary: A Day By Day Account

Everest base camp trekking season.

TREKKING SEASON

Like many treks in Nepal , the peak seasons for trekking the Everest Base Camp route are April to mid-May and October to mid-November . These months typically offer the best chance of both clear skies and warmer temperatures, although weather patterns are becoming increasingly unpredictable in Nepal and across the world, so you should still be prepared for snow and colder temperatures during these periods.

The spring trekking season coincides with the Everest climbing season , so the Khumbu region is very busy with helicopters and yaks transporting supplies to Everest Base Camp. If trekking at this time, you will have the chance to see base camp fully set up with all the tents, and there is a great buzz about the place. Outside of the climbing season, there are no tents or any other infrastructure at EBC.

Trekkers crossing the moraine-covered glacier between Lobuche and Gorak Shep on a clear skies spring morning

Trekkers crossing the moraine-covered glacier before Gorak Shep on a clear spring morning

In autumn, expect less wind and higher temperatures than in spring, while in late March and April, blooming rhododendrons and other spring flowers are a beautiful sight at some lower elevations.

The shoulder seasons are March, May, September and mid-November to December. During these times it can be much quieter on the trail. There is typically cold weather in March and December. In March there is a high chance of lingering or fresh snow. December typically has sunny weather and clear skies throughout the day. In late May and early September there is a higher chance of early or lingering monsoon rains and cloudy skies.

The summer months of June, July, and August coincide with the monsoon season . Trekking during this period means lots of walking in rain, muddy trails, leeches, and poor visibility with clouds obscuring the surrounding mountains. Many guesthouses close during this period, and it is not a good time to trek. Flights to and from Lukla are likely to be cancelled regularly and for days at a time.

The winter months of January and February are considered too cold by most to trek and many guesthouses are closed.

PLAN A TREK IN THE LANGTANG VALLEY

PLAN YOUR LANGTANG VALLEY TREK WITH OUR COMPLETE GUIDE

DETAILED TRAIL NOTES AND OTHER INFO FOR THE LANGTANG TREK

Lukla is the gateway for all treks in the Khumbu region, including Everest Base Camp, Everest Three Passes , and Gokyo Lakes. Nestled in the mountains at 2855 m, the closest dirt-road access is approximately 1 day’s walk away, with a tarmac road 3+ days’ walk away. The majority of people arrive in Lukla by air, landing at the small runway or helicopter pad at Tenzing-Hillary Airport (LUA). If you prefer not to fly, it’s possible to get to Lukla overland in 3+ days, by taking a bus/jeep then trekking on foot.

FLYING TO LUKLA

Flights to Lukla operate year-round from either Kathmandu or Ramechhap/Manthali (approx 4 hours’ drive from Kathmandu), although cancellations and delays are common as flights can only run in favourable weather conditions. The flight time is 30 minutes from Kathmandu, and 15 minutes from Ramechhap/Manthali. The Lukla runway is just 527 metres long and is sloped at an 11.7% gradient, making taking off and landing challenging for pilots and a little daunting for passengers.

Flights are operated by Tara (Yeti) Air , Summit Air , and Sita Air , with each company using small 15 seater twin propeller planes . Flights usually only operate in the morning, when the skies are clearer and there is less wind. There is a weight limit of 10 kg checked baggage + 5 kg hand baggage . The cabin is not pressurised and it’s very noisy. There are no assigned seats. For the best mountain views, try to sit on the left while flying to Lukla and the right on the return flight.

During peak trekking and climbing seasons , Lukla flights operate to and from Ramechhap/Manthali in order to ease congestion at Kathmandu Airport. The dates change annually, but this is roughly April 1st – May 20th and September 20th – November 20th . See below for how to get from Kathmandu to Ramechhap/Manthali.

The runway at the Tenzing-Hillary Airport in Lukla, sloped at an 11.7% gradient and just 527 metres long

The runway at Tenzing-Hillary Airport in Lukla, on an 11.7% gradient and just 527 metres long

Flight tickets cost $180 one way from Kathmandu and $152 one way from Ramechhap/Manthali . You can book online directly with the airline, or via an agency in Kathmandu. If you are booking an inclusive trekking package, for example with our recommended local trekking agency Himalayan Masters , your flight will be organised for you. Booking the earliest possible flight time is best as clouds tend to move in and the wind picks up through the morning, with later flights more likely to be cancelled. Note that agencies sometimes have access to earlier flights than are available to book online.

It is free of charge to change your flight date (in advance by calling the airline or in person at the airport) and it’s a good idea to reconfirm the day before you fly to avoid being bumped onto a later flight. Again, if you have booked through a trekking agency, they can take care of any flight changes and reconfirmations for you. This makes the whole process much more straightforward than if you have booked independently (especially if you’re trying to make changes while trekking with limited phone service or internet connection).

Be aware that it can be a bit chaotic at the airport and being bumped onto a different flight time and/or standing around confused about what’s happening is pretty normal. The situation is certainly easier to manage if you are with a guide, who will be used to the process, speaks the local language, and will take care of everything for you.

FLYING TO PHAPLU/SALLERI

Sometimes when flights can’t depart for Lukla, there is an option to fly to Phaplu (2 km north of Salleri) instead. From Phaplu it’s possible to trek to Lukla in about 3 days, or you can take a jeep as far as Thamdada (subject to road conditions) and trek the remaining distance to Lukla in 1 day.

See stages 2 and 3 in the ‘how to get to Lukla without flying’ section below for more details.

HOW TO GET FROM KATHMANDU TO RAMECHHAP AIRPORT (MANTHALI)

You can get from Kathmandu to Ramechhap Airport (RHP) (also known as Manthali) by public bus, shuttle bus, or private car. The journey takes around 4 hours.

Public buses depart between approx 0600 – 1100 from Ratna Park (also known as Old Bus Park) near Thamel, costing approx 600 NPR  ($4.50 USD). The journey takes around 4 – 5 hours. You will need to spend one night at a guesthouse in Manthali before flying to Lukla the following morning. There are guesthouses within walking distance of Ramechhap Airport. You can just show up and buy a bus ticket on the day. Buses arrive at the Manthali Bus Park .

Shuttle buses depart from the Thamel area of Kathmandu at 0130 and 0200, allowing you to fly to Lukla the same morning. They also depart at 1100, if you prefer to travel during the day and spend one night in Manthali before flying to Lukla. The journey takes about 4 hours. You must make a reservation in advance. You can do this via a local agency, ask staff at your accommodation to help, or book online via Viator or Get Your Guide . Tickets cost up to $30 USD.

A private car costs approx 14000 NPR ($100 USD), which can be shared by up to 4 passengers. The road condition does not require a jeep/4×4 vehicle. The journey takes about 4 hours, with door-to-door service. You can book a private car via a local agency or ask staff at your accommodation to help organise it.

For the return journey from Ramechhap/Manthali to Kathmandu you must pre-arrange your shuttle transfer or private car transfer. If travelling back to Kathmandu by public bus, you should be able to get one from the Manthali Bus Park after arriving on the flight from Lukla.

HELICOPTER TO LUKLA

It is also possible to fly from Kathmandu to Lukla by helicopter. Helicopters can often fly in weather conditions that would ground twin propellor planes, they are generally considered safer, and they operate out of Kathmandu Airport year-round (unlike planes which only depart from Ramechhap/Manthali during peak season). Flying by helicopter is considerably more expensive though, costing around $500 USD one way per person (assuming there are enough people to fill five seats). You can book via a local travel or trekking agency, or book online in advance via Viator .

Morning mountain views on the helicopter ride to Lukla

Morning mountain views on the helicopter ride

It’s possible to get to Lukla without flying by using a combination of bus and/or jeep and trekking. This takes 3 – 5 days. Eventually there will be a road built all the way to Lukla, but for now the closest you can possibly get by jeep on a dirt road is Thamdada (1 day walk to Lukla), and by bus or jeep on a sealed road is Salleri/Phaplu (3 – 4 days’ walk to Lukla). Buses and jeeps stop for food and toilet breaks along the way. As the road between Salleri/Phaplu and Thamdada is unsealed, its condition can vary greatly depending on how much rain there has been. Sometimes it’s not possible to drive all the way to Thamdada, and you may only be able to reach Bupsa, Kharikhola, or Adderi.

Although it may be possible to get all the way from Kathmandu to Thamdada in one day, we do not recommend this as it means travelling on a dirt road with challenging hairpin bends and steep sections in the dark. Instead, it’s advisable to spend one night in Salleri where there are lots of guesthouses and travel to Thamdada the following day. At Thamdada, there is a guesthouse (Kare Hotel) at the jeep stop and two more approximately 25 minutes’ walk from the jeep stop. Additionally, there are many more guesthouses at Paiyu, which is around 2 hours’ walk away. It’s also possible to stop shortly before Thamdada to stay at a guesthouse in Kare (approx 1 hours’ walk to Thamdada).

The trekking route from Salleri to Lukla goes via Ringmu, Nunthala, Kharikhola, Bupsa, Kari La (Thamdada), Paiyu and Surke. Common overnight stops are at Nunthala, Bupsa, and Surke, after which you join the classic Lukla (or Cheplung) to Namche Bazaar route. There is a lot of elevation gain and loss on the Salleri to Lukla trekking route, so expect plenty of tiring up and down. The driving route from Salleri to Thamdada goes via Adderi and joins the trekking route shortly before Kharikhola.

KATHMANDU TO LUKLA OVERLAND STAGES

Step 1 // drive kathmandu to salleri/phaplu.

9 – 12 hours travel time (mostly sealed road); Phaplu is about 2 km north of Salleri

B us is approx 1700 NPR ($13 USD); departs from Chabahil Chowk (approx 0430) or from Koteshwor Chowk (approx 0500); no advance booking required

Shared Jeep is approx 2600 NPR ($20 USD) per person; d eparts from Chabahil Chowk and Koteshwor Chowk ( approx 0500); b est to reserve seat in advance (ask local travel agency or accommodation staff)

Private Jeep is approx $280 (can be shared between up to 7 people); d oor-to-door service, depart any time in morning; b ook via a local travel/trekking agency

STEP 2 // DRIVE SALLERI/PHAPLU TO THAMDADA (or Bupsa, Kharikhola, Adderi or elsewhere depending on road condition)

6 – 7 hours travel time (unsealed road)

Shared Jeep is approx 2600 NPR ($20 USD) per person; d eparts approx 0600; b est to reserve seat in advance; (ask your accommodation owner to book when you arrive in Salleri)

Private Jeep is approx $235 (can be shared between up to 7 people); d oor-to-door service, depart any time in the morning; b ook in advance in Kathmandu via a local travel/trekking agency

STEP 3 // TREK THAMDADA TO LUKLA OR CHEPLUNG

You can bypass Lukla itself and join the trail to Namche at Cheplung instead (you can get your Khumbu Trek Card from the checkpoint at Toc Toc as you will not pass the checkpoint at Lukla). There is a lot of up and down on this section. It is possible to cover the distance over two days if you prefer, staying at a guesthouse along the way (for example at Chheubas or Surke). The route and villages/guesthouses along the way are marked on our map .

To Lukla: 13.3 km | approx 7 hours trekking time | +1870 m / – 1744 m

To Cheplung: 13.9 km | approx 7 hours trekking time | +1785 m / – 1825 m

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK PERMIT AND FEES

PERMIT AND FEES

You need two permits for the Everest Base Camp trek. Both are issued locally in the Khumbu region so you don’t need to organise permits in advance in Kathmandu. You will need your passport and the fee in cash in Nepalese rupees.

Keep your permits in a safe place as you will need to show them at various checkpoints during the trek.

KHUMBU TREK CARD

Issued at checkpoint (Lukla or Toc Toc)

C an register in advance online (not mandatory)

SAGARMATHA NATIONAL PARK FEE

(1500 NPR SAARC nationals/ 100 NPR Nepali nationals)

Pay at checkpoint in Lukla or NP entrance beyond Monjo

TREKKING EVEREST BASE CAMP INDEPENDENTLY

The Nepal Tourism Board announced on March 9th 2023 that as of April 1st 2023, all international trekkers in Nepal are required to hire a licenced trekking guide and obtain the TIMS card through an authorised trekking agency registered with the government of Nepal.

However, the Khumbu Pasanglhamu Rural Municipality has confirmed that it is NOT mandatory to trek with a guide in the Khumbu region. This means that you do not need to have a guide for the Everest Base Camp trek , or indeed for any other trek in the region such as the Gokyo Lakes or Three Passes treks. We have included copies of the official press release from April 2nd 2023 and an info card from September 2023 stating that a guide is not mandatory in the Khumbu region. You can check the Khumbu Pasanglhamu Rural Municipality Facebook page for any further updates.

PROS AND CONS OF INDEPENDENT TREKKING IN NEPAL

While having a guide in the Khumbu region is not mandatory, this does not mean that trekking to EBC independently is the right decision for you, especially if you are an inexperienced high altitude trekker. If you are thinking about doing the Everest Base camp trek without a guide, here are a few thoughts on the pros and cons of independent trekking in Nepal. 

This is the cheapest way to trek to Everest Base Camp. You won’t have to pay for anything extra beyond your daily food and accommodation costs, permit fee, and transport to/from the trailhead.

You have complete freedom and flexibility. You can choose how long to trek for each day, what route to take and where to stay. If you like somewhere, you can choose to stay an extra day without having to consult anyone else or consider their needs.

It is easier to enjoy a bit of ‘alone time’ on the trail. If you are trekking with a guide or group it can be harder or more awkward to branch out and enjoy walking alone with your thoughts.

You’ll likely have more interaction with locals. If you are trekking with a guide it is common practice for them to deal with everything at your guesthouse and act as a go-between. It’s normal for your guide to take your order, bring out your food, and settle up the bill on your behalf, which means you may have little interaction with the owner or staff yourself. But, you’ll be doing all that by yourself if you trek independently.

With freedom and flexibility comes more responsibility and the need to do more research, preparation and daily planning. You will need to spend time organising things both on and off the trail. You will need to sort out all the logistics like your permit, transport, and accommodation by yourself, and be confident in your route planning and navigation. 

You are more vulnerable in an emergency situation or if you get sick. This is especially true if you are trekking solo. You should prepare as best you can with a comprehensive medical kit, emergency contact numbers at the ready, and ideally an emergency communication device like the Garmin inReach .

In peak trekking season you may find it harder to get a room. Many guesthouses prefer bigger groups with organised companies and will give preference to them over independent solo trekkers or those in small groups. Guides with existing local contacts often call ahead to book rooms, something which isn’t as easy for independent trekkers with no personal contacts. Tengboche, Lobuche, and Gorak Shep all have limited accommodation options and it’s not uncommon for guesthouses here to be full during the peak seasons. 

You miss out on all the insights a knowledgeable, English speaking guide can offer. Your understanding of the region, and Nepal in general, is likely to be much broader after spending two weeks in the company of a Nepali guide rather than going it alone.

This is the cheapest way to trek the Everest Base Camp. You won’t have to pay for anything extra beyond your daily food and accommodation costs, permit fee, and transport to/from the trailhead. 

You have complete freedom and flexibility. You can choose how long to trek for each day, what route to take and where to stay. If you like somewhere, you can choose to stay an extra day without having to consult anyone else or consider their needs. 

It is easier to enjoy a bit of ‘alone time’ on the trail. If you are trekking with a guide or group it can be harder or more awkward to branch out and enjoy walking alone with your thoughts. 

In peak trekking season you may find it harder to get a room. Many guesthouses prefer bigger groups with organised companies and will give preference to them over independent solo trekkers or those in small groups. Guides with existing local contacts often call ahead to book rooms, something which isn’t as easy for independent trekkers with no personal contacts. Tengboche, Lobuche, and Gorak Shep all have limited accommodation options and it’s not uncommon for guesthouses here to be full during the peak seasons.

TREKKING EVEREST BASE CAMP WITH A GUIDE (AND PORTER)

TREKKING WITH A GUIDE (AND PORTER)

Although not mandatory, many people choose to do the Everest Base Camp trek with a guide, and often with a porter too. If you are an inexperienced high altitude trekker we would absolutely recommend hiring a guide for this trek, but even if you are experienced, trekking with a guide is a great option. Not only can a guide be invaluable when it comes to your safety, a guide can also enrich your experience on the trail, giving you the opportunity to learn more about the history, culture, and geography of the land. Hiring a porter to carry your bag will put less strain on your body, making your trek much easier and perhaps allowing you to better enjoy the surroundings. Hiring a guide and/or porter also provides jobs and supports the trekking tourism economy.

One guide can accompany a maximum of five trekkers. A porter shouldn’t be asked to carry more than 25 kg, ideally no more than 20 kg. If you pack appropriately, one porter can carry two trekkers’ bags. Ensure that your guide and porter have appropriate clothing and equipment for the trail, including warm clothing for high altitudes (a down jacket, hat, gloves), boots, sunglasses, and waterproofs.

WHAT TO EXPECT WHEN TREKKING WITH A GUIDE

If you are doing the Everest Base Camp trek with a guide you may meet them in either Kathmandu or Lukla. If you meet in Kathmandu, you will travel to the trailhead together and return to Kathmandu together at the end. Professional guides in Nepal are both licenced and insured, and will speak English (sometimes other languages too).

During your trek a guide will walk with you on the trail, suggest the best spots to stop for lunch, and take you to their recommended overnight accommodation. At busy times, they may call ahead and pre-book a room for you. They will act as your go-between at each guesthouse, arranging your room, taking your food orders, and settling the bill. It’s normal for a guide to run through the following day’s itinerary each evening, giving you an overview of the trail, trekking time, and any other relevant information.

A guide can help with many practical things, provide insight into local culture, and be a good companion on the trail

Your guide will always be around at your guesthouse, but they won’t stick by you constantly. You will have plenty of freedom to hang out in your room or the dining room, read your book, chat with other guests, play cards, etc. Guides sleep and eat in the same guesthouse as you, always in a separate room. A guide’s meals and accommodation are usually provided free of charge by guesthouses in exchange for their trekking clients’ custom. If a guesthouse is busy, your guide may share a room with other guides or be obliged to sleep in the dining room.

WHAT TO EXPECT WHEN TREKKING WITH A PORTER

If you’re doing the Everest Base Camp trek with a porter, you will usually meet them locally at the start of your trek. It is not common for porters to travel with you from Kathmandu due to the expense of getting to/from the Khumbu region. Trekking agencies usually have a pool of porters that they work with regularly and can arrange a porter as part of any trekking package. As porters usually do not speak English, your guide will communicate and organise the day-to-day logistics with your porter during the trek.

Porters often go at their own pace so you won’t always trek with them. It’s common to pack your bag and have it ready for them before breakfast, and for your bag to already be in your room when you arrive at your guesthouse for the evening.

A porter putting in the hard work on the Everest Base Camp Trek

CONDITIONS FOR PORTERS IN THE KHUMBU REGION

Conditions for trekking porters across Nepal are far from ideal, however they are particularly poor in the Khumbu region. Unlike in other trekking regions, guesthouse owners in the Khumbu do not permit porters to sleep or eat in their guesthouses alongside trekkers and guides (with the exception of a rare few based on our own experience). Instead, porters sleep and eat at designated Nepali hotels or porter shelters in each village or teahouse settlement in the Khumbu region. Also, unlike in other regions, porters in the Khumbu must pay for their meals, with a large proportion of their daily wage being spent on food.

The conditions in which porters sleep, often in one dormitory-style room with up to 100 or more porters, are much more basic than those experienced by trekkers and guides in guesthouses. Sometimes porter accommodation is full, and porters must walk to a different village to find available accommodation, returning to meet their trekking clients in the morning. This is especially common at Lobuche and Gorak Shep, where limited accommodation means that porters often have to walk for hours, back to Thukla or Pheriche to spend the night before returning early the next morning.

You can read more in the informative paper ‘ Uphill Struggle: Impediments and Facilitators to Porter Health in the Khumbu Region ’ by Nate Barott (2018).

Porters stop for a break at Lawi Schyasa, between Namche Bazaar and Tengboche on the Everest Base Camp trail

HOW TO ORGANISE AN EVEREST BASE CAMP TREKKING GUIDE (AND PORTER)

The easiest way to arrange a trekking guide is via a trekking agency . You can book an inclusive Everest Base Camp trekking package which covers your transport, entrance fees, guide (and porter), accommodation costs, and three meals a day. Alternatively, you can pay for a guide (and porter) only, and then pay-as-you-go for your accommodation, food, transport, and entrance fees (although this involves more day-to-day hassle than opting for an inclusive package).

Choosing a trekking agency is often the trickiest part as there are thousands of registered agencies in Nepal and the quality of service can vary greatly between them. Many trekkers will choose a guide or agency based on a trusted recommendation from a friend or fellow trekker, and this is a good approach. An alternative option is to visit a number of trekking agencies in person when you arrive in Thamel (Kathmandu) to get a feel for a company that you like, or to contact agencies online in advance.

Having trekked with three different agencies and three different guides on three visits to Nepal, our best experience has been with Himalayan Masters . We partnered with them for our Langtang , Gosainkunda Helambu , and Everest Base Camp and Three Passes treks, and found them to be very professional, committed to a high level of service, and competitively priced.

We really appreciate the fact that Sandip, the agency owner, is super flexible when it comes to itinerary amendments that don’t just follow the norm. He’s also a problem solver and what we’d call a real ‘go-getter’, a trait that’s highly valuable to his clients, whether he’s retrieving a swallowed bank card from a Thamel ATM in record time, or fixing logistical issues when things go wrong last minute at 2am (both real life examples experienced by us or fellow Himalayan Masters clients we met on the trail!).

We’d also highly recommend our Himalayan Masters guide, Govinda Rai, who we spent over a month trekking with in Nepal. He is very professional, taking care of everything you would expect from a guide, but also tailoring his suggestions and advice specifically to his clients, resulting in a more enjoyable trekking experience overall. We quickly came to trust his choices for lunch stops and accommodation as we felt they were always among the best options available. His knowledge of the trail was excellent, and his advice on trekking times for each day (based on our own pace) was spot-on, making it easier for us to plan our itinerary and make on-the-go changes as we saw fit. And on a personal level, we found Govinda to be easy-going, friendly, and an all-round great person to spend time with.

Govinda, o ur Himalayan Masters guide

Govinda, our Himalayan Masters guide

We also met a number of other Himalayan Masters guides while out on the trail, including Dipak who we chatted with lots, as our Langtang Valley trek itinerary coincided for three nights at the same guesthouses. From our interactions with Dipak, and positive feedback shared over dining room chats with his two trekking clients, we’re confident that Himalayan Masters are working with great guides across the board.

In addition to our guide, Govinda, we’d also highly recommend our porter, Prakas Tamang, organised last minute for us by Himalayan Masters. He knows the trail inside out, portering on the Everest Base Camp route, along with various others in the Khumbu region, multiple times a season. We felt he went above and beyond his role as a trekking porter, especially when breaking trail for us in snowy conditions while crossing Ngozumpa Glacier and Renjo La.

To  discuss planning your Everest Base Camp trek you can get in touch with Himalayan Masters at [email protected]  and you’ll get a 5% discount off your trip cost by using our code HOGG5 .

HOW ABOUT TACKLING THE MANASLU CIRCUIT?

DAY BY DAY ACCOUNT

ACCOMMODATION ON THE EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK

Accommodation.

Accommodation on the Everest Base Camp trek is in the form of guesthouses, also known as teahouses or lodges. These can be found regularly along the trail in local villages (such as Namche Bazaar and Dingboche) or in guesthouse-only settlements (such as Lobuche and Gorak Shep). In general, the standard of accommodation is decent on the EBC trek, but it becomes more basic at higher altitude, with accommodation at Gorak Shep (5160 m) the most basic (and the toilets the most unpleasant) of the whole trek.

The accommodation at Gorak Shep (5160 m) is the most basic on the Everest Base Camp Trek, but the mountain views are spectacular

Guesthouses provide both accommodation and meals, and you are expected to eat dinner and breakfast at the guesthouse you sleep at. Lunch is usually at a different guesthouse along the trail, unless you arrive early at your destination for the day.

Rooms are basic, but comfortable. They usually have two single beds, although some places will have rooms sleeping three, or just one. Beds always have a sheet-covered mattress, a pillow with a pillowcase, and a blanket. We have seen plenty of bedding hanging out to dry which would suggest sheets, pillowcases, and blankets do get washed, however there is no guarantee that they will be freshly laundered for each guest. Personally, we always trek with our own sleeping bag and silk liner, using the blanket over our sleeping bag for extra warmth at higher altitudes.

There is always a light in the room, powered by mains electricity or solar. Often there is a small table, some hooks on the wall, and a bin, and there is almost always a window with curtains. Some guesthouses will have charging sockets in the room, but this is not always the case. There is no heating in guesthouse rooms, only ever in the main dining room.

DINING ROOM

Every guesthouse has a dining room where you can eat your meals, drink tea, and hang out. There are usually tables and benches around the perimeter of the room, with plenty of plastic chairs for huddling around the central stove. Expect to see a display cabinet of snacks and sundries for sale (eg. chocolate bars, biscuits, Pringles, toilet paper, soft drinks), and often a Buddhist prayer altar, too. The dining room is the only room with a stove. This is usually lit in the late afternoon or early evening as the sun goes down and it starts to get cold, making it nice and cosy.

The dining room of Mountain Paradise Lodge in Dragnag/Thangnak on the Everest Base Camp and Gokyo Lakes Trek

The dining room of Mountain Paradise Lodge in Dragnag/Thangnak, a small teahouse settlement on the Everest Base Camp and Gokyo Lakes Trek

TOILETS AND SHOWERS

There are usually rooms with attached bathrooms (ensuite) available as far as Dingboche. After Dingboche, rooms with shared (common) bathrooms are generally all that is available. If you have an attached bathroom this will usually have a toilet, sink (not always), and shower. Shared bathroom facilities normally consist of separate toilets and shower rooms, with a sink outside, although sometimes there is no dedicated sink and you’ll need to wash your hands/brush your teeth at an outdoor tap.

Toilets may be sit-down or squat style. Toilet paper is never provided , so you’ll need to pack your own and buy more as you go. Do not flush toilet paper down the toilet, always put it in the bin next to the toilet (this may be an old tin can, a cardboard box, a plastic container, or such like.) Sit-down toilets will likely have an automatic flush, although at higher altitudes in cold weather, the pipes can freeze and you may need to flush the toilet using a bucket of water. Squat toilets never have an automatic flush; you always need to flush using the scoop and bucket of water provided.

A gas shower is usually available although sometimes the water is solar heated. If neither are available, guesthouses can provide a bucket of hot water which you can use to wash. You can expect to pay up to 800 NPR for any kind of hot water shower at guesthouses between Namche Bazaar and Lobuche. There are no shower facilities at Gorak Shep.

COME JOIN US ON INSTAGRAM

FOOD AND DRINK

Every guesthouse serves meals and you are expected to eat dinner and breakfast at the guesthouse you are sleeping at, otherwise the cost of the room will be much higher. There are also a few bakeries, coffee shops, and tea shops along the route where you can pop in for treats.

Every guesthouse has a menu, and the options for breakfast, lunch, and dinner are similar at each. Prices increase the higher you go as food and fuel needs to be transported further via porters or pack animals, resulting in additional costs. Meat is on the menu at most guesthouses (usually buffalo, yak, or chicken), but it’s advisable to stick to vegetarian food; meat is not usually fresh or kept refrigerated and the chance of getting an upset stomach is much greater if you eat it.

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK MENU

Click into the slider to see a typical example of a menu on the Everest Base Camp trek. This menu is from Dingboche, where prices are more expensive than at lower altitudes but fairly representative of prices above 4000 m.

We have included photos of the menu from every guesthouse that we stayed at on the Everest Base Camp trek in our accompanying map .

Breakfast dishes include porridge, muesli, eggs, Tibetan bread (a kind of fried dough), chapati (flat, unleavened bread), and pancakes . Honey, jam, peanut butter, apples, chocolate sauce, and yak cheese are common accompaniments on offer.

Breakfast options are generally priced between 300 – 1200 NPR (approx $2 – $9 USD), depending on location and item.

LUNCH AND DINNER

Dal Bhat is a ubiquitous Nepali meal , eaten twice a day by many locals. It consists of plain rice, a lentil soup, veggie curry, papad (poppadom), and some sort of pickle. Depending on the veggies available, you may also get saag (spinach) or something similar. Everything is served on a big plate, and you can get free refills of each item (apart from the papad!).

There are always free refills of rice, dal and curry with  Dal Bhat , giving rise to the familiar catchphrase ‘Dal Bhat power 24 hour’

With Dal Bhat , t here are always free refills of at least the rice, dal and curry, giving rise to the familiar catchphrase, ‘Dal Bhat power 24 hour’

Other options include various soups (some fresh, some from a packet), basic pasta dishes (usually fried), fried rice, fried noodles, boiled or fried potatoes, and momos (steamed or fried dumplings). Ingredients more or less revolve around eggs, cheese, potatoes, carrots, cabbage, onion, garlic, and tinned tuna.

Lunch and dinner options are generally priced between 350 – 1200 NPR (approx $2.5 – $9 USD), depending on location and item.

Various hot drinks include black/green/milk/masala/mint/ginger lemon honey tea, instant coffee, and hot chocolate . You can order a single cup or a small/medium/large thermos (called ‘pots’). Cups or pots of hot water are also available.

Soft drinks like Coke, Fanta, and Sprite are available to buy at each guesthouse shop, along with bottled water (although we recommend purifying tap water to drink instead of buying bottled water). You can also buy beer (bottles/cans) and small bottles of Khukuri rum , however it’s best to avoid alcohol at higher altitudes as this dehydrates you and makes acclimatisation more difficult.

Hot drinks are on average about 80 – 350 NPR per cup ($0.60 – $2.60 USD), or up to 800 – 3000 NPR per large pot ($6 – $22 USD). Soft drinks are about 300 – 600 NPR ($2.30 – $4.50 USD), bottled water is about 100 – 500 NPR ($0.75 – $3.80 USD), and beer is about 800 – 1200 NPR ($6 – $9 USD).

SNACKS AND DESSERTS

You can buy chocolate bars, biscuits, and Pringles at most guesthouse shops. Other snacks like popcorn, papad, prawn crackers, yak cheese, or french fries are often available on the menu, and you can usually get desserts like apple, Snickers, or Mars spring rolls/fritters/pies/momos.

A typical example of what’s on sale in guesthouses 

A fairly typical example of what’s on sale

Prices for Snickers/Mars start from 300 NPR ($2.30 USD), packets of biscuits start from 100 NPR ($.75 USD), and Pringles start from 600 NPR ($4.5 USD). Desserts range from 350 – 900 NPR ($2.70 – $6.80 USD).

BAKERIES AND COFFEE SHOPS

You’ll find bakeries and coffee shops (some with even proper coffee machines!) in various villages along the Everest Base Camp trekking route. These include Namche Bazaar, Tengboche and Dingboche. Common bakery treats include brownies, cinnamon buns, and apple pie. A few bakeries in Dingboche also show mountain-related films every afternoon.

Coffee costs around 300 – 400 NPR ($2.20 – $3 USD); bakery treats are usually around 400 – 600 NPR ($3 – $4.5 USD).

FANCY THE BIGGEST TREKKING CHALLENGE IN THE KHUMBU REGION?

PLAN YOUR TREK WITH OUR GUIDE

TRAIL NOTES AND OTHER INFO

SAFE DRINKING WATER ON THE EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK

Bottled water is available to buy along the trail, however a much better option (environmentally and economically!) is to treat tap water and drink this instead. Come prepared with a refillable water bottle and/or water bladder , and a method of treating the water to make it safe for drinking.

The cheapest option is to use water purification tablets . You drop these into the water, wait about 30 minutes, then your water is safe to drink (although it can have a strange taste due to the active chemical in the tablets, ie. iodine or chlorine). You can buy these easily in supermarkets and outdoor shops in Kathmandu.

Our preferred method of water sterilisation is to use a Steripen Ultra in conjunction with a filter . The filter screws onto the top of our Nalgene water bottle and ensures any weird floaty bits or particulates are filtered out. Then we stick the Steripen into 1 litre of water for 90 seconds and the UV light sterilises the water, making it safe to drink immediately and with no change to the taste. The Steripen Ultra model is rechargeable via USB, so we can charge it using our solar panel, power bank, or an electrical socket. We always carry water purification tablets as an emergency backup, although we’ve never had to use them during 6+ years of using the Steripen.

Other common sterilisation methods include a Lifestraw , Grayl , Water-To Go , or a squeeze filter system .

As pipes can freeze overnight at higher altitudes, be sure to fill water for the following day before going to bed . There is usually a tap where you can fill your water bottle, but if not your guesthouse owner/staff can fill it for you from their water storage container.

The only place on the Everest Base Camp trek where it is not possible/advisable to drink the local water is at Gorak Shep . There is no good water supply here. The local guesthouses have to fill water from a questionable spring and store it in containers for use in the kitchen. Given the scarcity of water and the effort involved to carry it to the guesthouse, staff will not fill your bottle for you. The only option is to buy bottled water (500 NPR) or do as we did and carry enough water with you from Lobuche. Given the poor water supply and likely less than ideal hygiene standards at high altitude Gorak Shep (5160 m), it is not uncommon for people to get sick here. We would advise caution with what you order, perhaps avoiding hot drinks (which may not have been properly boiled).

WIFI, PHONE SIGNAL, AND CHARGING ON THE EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK

WIFI, PHONE SIGNAL, AND CHARGING

Nepal Telecom SIM cards work best on the Everest Base Camp trek. With NTC you’ll have a phone signal and usually a data connection for most of the trek between Lukla and Pangboche . You’re unlikely to get much of a signal beyond here.

WiFi is available at most guesthouses and bakeries along the trail. Between Lukla and Pangboche the usual WiFi cost for unlimited use at a guesthouse is around 300 NPR ($2.30 USD), although sometimes it’s free. Beyond Pangboche you can connect to the internet via Airlink . To do so you buy a card with an individual access code and this costs 600 – 700 NPR for 24 hours. Poor weather conditions can affect WiFi connectivity so there are no guarantees it will be working 24/7.

Most guesthouses run off solar power, and free in-room charging isn’t usually available. Instead you pay per device , charging in the dining room. Prices increase the higher you go, with one phone battery full charge costing between 200 – 800 NPR ($1.50 – $6 USD), and a power bank full charge costing between 1000 – 2000 NPR ($7.60 – $15 USD). Some guesthouses do offer free in-room charging (and a hot shower) if you are paying for a more expensive room with an attached bathroom. Depending on how many devices/batteries you need to charge, paying for the more expensive room can sometimes work out better value overall. Some coffee shops (notably in Dingboche) offer free phone charging with the purchase of food or drink.

One of the cafes in Dingboche offering free phone/battery charging for customers

It’s definitely a good idea to pack a power bank (or two, depending on your usage), enabling you to charge your phone and batteries on-the-go. A portable solar panel allows you to charge your devices for free in sunny conditions, and may be worth buying if you’ll continue to use it on future trips.

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK COST AND BUDGET

COSTS AND BUDGET

The cost of your Everest Base Camp trek will very much depend on how you choose to trek (independently or with a guide), how many people you share the costs with, how much you eat and drink, and how often you want to have a hot shower, connect to the internet, or charge your devices.

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK BUDGET SUMMARY

An inclusive Everest Base Camp trekking package with a local agency such as Himalayan Masters (quote HOGG5 for a 5% discount! ) usually works out at around $125 per day . This normally covers your accommodation during the trek in a mixture of rooms with attached and shared bathrooms, three meals and three hot drinks per trekking day, a guide and porter, internal flights, all airport transfers, all permits, and a couple of nights accommodation in Kathmandu. You will need to pay for any extras during your trek such as hot showers, charging devices, WiFi, and snacks – budget about $20 per day to cover all of this. You should also budget for a tip for your guide and porter.

An independent trekker with a mid-range budget (travelling without a guide or porter) could expect to pay around $50 – $55 per day on the EBC trek. This would cover flights to and from Lukla, your permits, accommodation in a mixture of rooms with attached and shared bathrooms, three meals and three hot drinks plus one treat a day (such as a Coke, Snickers, or real coffee), connecting to WiFi, charging a power bank, and having a hot shower every other day, and charging a phone or camera battery every day.

The minimum that we estimate a budget independent trekker could spend on the Everest Base Camp trek is about $35 per day . This would mean trekking without a guide or porter, opting to travel overland by public transport (minimum 16 days required Kathmandu to Kathmandu), sharing a twin room and using shared bathroom facilities every night, eating three simple meals a day with no snacks or treats, and not paying for any WiFi, hot showers, or device charging.

DETAILED EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK BUDGET

Below is a complete breakdown of the average costs for an Everest Base Camp trek. This should allow you to plan your budget according to your own style of trekking. We have calculated these costs based on the actual prices charged at each guesthouse we stayed at, averaged out over an 11 night/12 day itinerary as outlined in our Classic Everest Base Camp Itinerary table above .

TRANSPORT COSTS

Flight: Kathmandu < > Lukla; $180 (one way) 

Flight: Ramechhap  < > Lukla; $152 (one way)

Helicopter: Kathmandu < > Lukla; $500 (one way)

Kathmandu to Ramechhap

Local Bus: Kathmandu < > Ramechhap; 600 NPR ($4.50) (one way)

Shuttle Bus: Kathmandu < > Ramechhap; $30 (one way)

Private Car: Kathmandu < > Ramechhap; 14000 NPR ($100) (one way) (cost can be shared among 4 people)

Kathmandu to Salleri

Local Bus: Kathmandu < > Salleri; 1700 NPR ($13) (one way)

Shared Jeep: Kathmandu < > Salleri; 2600 NPR ($20) (one way)

Private Jeep: Kathmandu < > Salleri; $250 (one way) (cost can be shared among 7 people)

Salleri to Thamdada

Shared Jeep: Salleri < > Thamdada; 2600 NPR ($20) (one way)

Private Jeep: Salleri < > Thamdada; $235 (one way) (cost can be shared among 7 people)

PERMITS/ENTRANCE FEES

2000 NPR ($15) Khumbu Trek Card

3000 NPR ($23)   Sagarmatha National Park Fee (1500 NPR SAARC nationals / 100 NPR Nepali nationals)

Twin Room with attached bathroom: 1000 – 1500 NPR ($7.50 – $11) per night (cost can be shared between 2 people)

Twin Room with shared bathroom: 500 – 1000 NPR ($3.80 – $7.50) per night (cost can be shared between 2 people)

11 nights twin room with shared bathroom average cost 750 NPR ($5.70) per night (cost can be shared between 2 people)

11 nights twin room with attached bathroom where possible average cost 1200 NPR ($9) per night (cost can be shared between 2 people)

3 x meals with hot drinks, average 3150 NPR ($24 USD) per person, per day

Costs based on 1 x chapati with omelette (breakfast) + 2 x dal bhat (lunch and dinner) + 3 x masala tea per day

It will cost extra if you want to have soft drinks, snacks, desserts, etc.

For a detailed look at food prices, check out the menus for each guesthouse we stayed at in our Everest Base Camp map

Average 500 NPR ($3.80) per day (if using wifi every day)

PHONE/CAMERA BATTERY CHARGING COSTS

Average 400 NPR ($3) per day (if charging one phone or camera battery every day)

POWER BANK CHARGING COSTS

Average 550 NPR ($4) per day (if charging one power bank every day)

HOT SHOWER COSTS

Average 550 NPR ($4) per day (if taking a hot shower every day)

TREKKING GUIDE

$20 – $30 USD per day (cost can be shared with up to 5 people)

$18 – $25 USD per day (max weight carried 25 kg, cost can be shared between 2-3 people)

GUIDE AND PORTER TIPS

Guides and porters rely on tips to supplement their daily wage and it is expected that you tip at the end of your trek

Recommended minimum amount is:

500 NPR ($4 USD) per person, per day for guides

400 NPR ($3 USD) per person, per day for porters

For larger groups, tip 10% of total tour cost to be split between all trekking staff

Average 500 NPR ($3.80) per day  (if using wifi every day)

PHONE/CAMERA BATTERY CHARGING

Power bank charging, money and atms on the everest base camp trek.

MONEY AND ATMs

You will pay for everything in cash on your Everest Base Camp trek. It is best to bring all the cash you need from Kathmandu , in Nepalese rupees . There are ATMs in Lukla and Namche Bazaar, but we advise you to think of these as emergency ATMs only and not to rely upon them. It’s a good idea to have a mixture of large and small bills, as guesthouses, shops, and bakeries don’t always have change.

ATMs in Nepal have maximum withdrawal limits (usually 35,000 NPR) and your bank card is also likely to have a max daily withdrawal limit . Be sure to plan ahead and start withdrawing cash a few days in advance. If this is not possible, for example you plan to depart for Lukla soon after arriving in Nepal, you will need to have enough foreign currency (USD is best) to exchange for Nepalese rupees.

If you are trekking independently you will need to carry quite a lot of cash. You will need less cash if you choose an inclusive trekking package as your guide will pay for accommodation and food during the trek, but you will still need enough to cover daily expenses such as hot showers, snacks, and device charging. You should also ensure you have enough cash to tip your guide and porter at the end of the trek, as one or both may not be returning with you to Kathmandu.

PLAN YOUR JOURNEY ON THIS CLASSIC NEPAL TREK

WHAT TO PACK FOR THE EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK

WHAT TO PACK

Everything you need for your Everest Base Camp trek is covered in our dedicated packing guide, What To Pack For Trekking in Nepal , so be sure to check this out for a complete rundown. You can also download our Nepal Packing List , a useful online or printable checklist for your trek.

In a nutshell, you will need layers suitable for trekking in warm and cold conditions and dry clothes for the evening, gear which you will use on the trail and at your guesthouse, any relevant electronics , hygiene and first aid items, and a few essentials such as cash , emergency contact details , your travel insurance documents, and your passport . We would highly recommend carrying microspikes (crampons) for crossing the icy glacier at Cho La, and in case you encounter any other snow or ice during the trek.

If you arrive in Nepal without the appropriate gear for trekking, you can buy and/or rent everything you need in Kathmandu (either fake or genuine items). Some trekking agencies provide gear free of charge to clients. Himalayan Masters , for example, provide sleeping bags, down jackets, trekking poles, water bottles, purification tablets, caps, T-Shirts, and a duffel bag if you’re trekking with a porter.

There are also lots of trekking shops in both Lukla and Namche Bazaar , with others dotted along the trail in various smaller villages. You can buy genuine gear from the likes of Icebreaker, Osprey, and Black Diamond at Sherpa Adventure Gear stores in Namche. There is also a branch of The North Face in Namche. Most other shops sell counterfeit/cheap gear.

You can leave any excess luggage at your hotel in Kathmandu and pick it up when you return from your trek.

WHAT TO PACK FOR YOUR TREK

Download our handy Nepal packing list to print or fill in digitally using a PDF reader

ALTITUDE AWARENESS AND AMS

Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS) , also commonly referred to as Altitude Sickness, can affect people at heights of around 2500 m and above . It can affect anyone regardless of age, physical fitness, or other factors. The higher you go the less oxygen there is, and it takes time for your body to adjust. Symptoms of AMS, such as headaches, nausea, vomiting, dizziness, fatigue or loss of appetite, can occur when your body is not properly acclimatised to being at a particular altitude.

The highest sleeping altitude on the Everest Base Camp trek is at Gorak Shep (5160 m). The highest point you are likely to trek to is Kala Patthar (5611 m) . These altitudes are considered ‘ very high altitude ’ in trekking terms.

AMS can develop into the life-threatening conditions of HACE or HAPE, therefore symptoms of AMS should never be ignored. Read up on the causes, symptoms, and treatments for AMS prior to your trek – it could save your life or that of a fellow trekker! We have found the altitude.org website helpful, along with the PDF booklet about Travel at High Altitude (available in a number of languages) produced by Medex . A number of other medical websites, such as the NHS , are also good resources.

In a nutshell, the best way to avoid developing AMS (or the life-threatening conditions of HACE or HAPE) is to follow medically advised best-practices . This includes ascending slowly, sleeping no more than 300 – 500 metres higher than the previous night, taking a rest day for every 1000 metres ascended above 2500 m, staying well hydrated by drinking lots of water, and going on acclimatisation hikes where you can climb high but return to sleep at a lower altitude.

Ascending at the correct rate and doing acclimatisation hikes like this one (Nangkartshang) will help your body adjust to high altitude properly

Ascending slowly and doing acclimatisation day hikes like this one (Nangkartshang) will help your body adjust to high altitude properly

If you develop AMS symptoms, do not ascend any higher. Rest, drink water, eat something, take paracetamol and ibuprofen to help with the pain, and assess whether your condition is worsening or improving. If it is worsening, you should descend to a lower altitude immediately. If it is improving or staying the same, rest at the same altitude for a night and allow your body more time to acclimatise before ascending.

Acetazolamide (Diamox) is a tablet that can be taken as a preventative to AMS, or as a treatment to help reduce the symptoms. It helps to speed up the acclimatisation process by causing you to breathe deeper and faster, resulting in higher oxygen concentrations in the body. It usually comes in tablets of 250 mg and the dosage is 125 mg twice a day. You can speak to a medical professional prior to your trip about taking Acetazolamide (Diamox). It is available to purchase over the counter at pharmacies in Kathmandu and trekking guides will often carry it in their first aid kit. Common side effects of taking Acetazolamide (Diamox) are tingling fingers, lips, and/or feet.

Note that many guides and locals will advise you to eat garlic soup as a remedy to AMS, but there is no medical evidence to support this notion.

TRAVEL INSURANCE FOR TREKKING IN NEPAL

You will have the chance to trek up to 5611 m on the Everest Base Camp trek. Trekking to this altitude is NOT automatically covered by most travel insurance providers , but you should be able to pay extra for an add-on ‘activity pack’ or such like which will cover you for trekking at such heights. When choosing your travel insurance policy, it’s also wise to ensure you have Search and Rescue cover and Medical Evacuation cover included.

Always check the inclusions and exclusions of your policy carefully. Some travel insurance providers have specific exclusions or conditions when it comes to trekking in Nepal. For example, the excess for helicopter evacuation may be considerably higher for Nepal than elsewhere. This is due in part to a scam in recent years whereby trekkers who become ill are pressured or encouraged to fly out of the mountains by helicopter for medical attention, with unscrupulous guides, helicopter companies, doctors, and even some trekkers themselves, profiting from the scam.

You should also make a note of the correct procedure for medical emergencies and the insurance company emergency contact number. Add this information to your phone, and keep a written copy with you while trekking.

Whether you are currently in your home country or are already travelling, two travel insurance policy providers that can cover you for trekking in Nepal are World Nomads (for residents of 140+ countries) and True Traveller (for UK and EEA residents only). We have purchased travel insurance policies from both of these companies on numerous occasions and have found their policies to be comprehensive, and their online claims and extension processes straightforward.

If you still need to organise your travel insurance, we’d suggest getting a quote from each to see which suits you best.

Click the links below to get a quote

Click the links to get a quote.

It’s possible to travel overland from India to Nepal, crossing the border at Sunauli. The route and details are described in this post on Seat 61 .

The easiest way to get to Nepal is by flying and this is how the vast majority of people arrive. A number of different airlines operate flights to Nepal’s only international airport, Tribhuvan International Airport, on the outskirts of Kathmandu. There are very few long distance direct flights to Nepal, so you can expect to transfer somewhere in Asia or the Middle East, depending on your direction of travel.

It’s best to book your flights at the earliest possible opportunity . During busy times, such as the peak trekking seasons in spring and autumn, flights are often fully booked.

CHECK FLIGHT OPTIONS HERE

Arriving at kathmandu airport.

There is a money exchange booth next to the visa payment counter , prior to passing through immigration. There is an ATM next to the visa payment counter too, however it is unreliable. More ATMs are available after passing through immigration, but it’s best to have some cash with you just in case.

You can arrange a SIM from NCell or Nepal Telecom at arrivals , and SIM cards are also available from many small shops in Thamel.

AIRPORT TAXI

A taxi from the airport to Thamel costs approximately 800 – 1000 NPR ($6 – $7.50 USD) and takes between 15 – 30 minutes depending on traffic and the time of day. There are prepaid taxi counters at arrivals, or you can negotiate a fare with a taxi driver outside (there are no metered taxis). You need to pay cash .

PLAN YOUR TREK TO UPPER MUSTANG

Tourist visas are available on arrival at Tribhuvan International Airport and at all land border crossings that are open to foreign travellers .

While tourist visas on arrival are available for many foreign passport holders, citizens of some countries are required to get a visa prior to arrival, while those from SAARC countries can get their visa free of charge.

See the Nepal Immigration website for more details.

NEPAL VISA ON ARRIVAL

There are three Nepal tourist visas available and three things you must have to get one on arrival:

• 15 Days – 30 USD
• 30 Days – 50 USD
• 90 Days – 125 USD

WHAT YOU NEED

• A passport valid for at least six months
• At least one blank page in your passport
• The visa fee in cash (US Dollars is best)

The Nepal tourist visa on arrival process is as follows:

• Go to the machines to the right as you enter the arrivals hall. You’ll need your passport details and hotel address . After filling in the required details on the screen, take a photo of the confirmation page on your phone (the printer doesn’t work).
• Next, you need to pay for your visa at the desk on the left as you enter the arrivals hall. You can show the confirmation on your phone. They want a cash payment for the visa. A sign indicates that a number of currencies are acceptable, including EUR, GBP, CAD, USD, AUD, JPY, KRW, AED, SGD, THB, MYR, CHF, DKK, QAD, SAR, CNY, HKD, KWD, and BHD. Note that they will NOT accept Bank of Scotland GBP notes, only Bank of England notes. You cannot pay in NPR. The sign says they accept card payments, but they will refuse and advise you that you must pay cash. If you insist hard enough, then they’ll send you to the desk on the far left to pay at a card machine with a $1 surcharge. The machine can be temperamental and the payment may fail to go through a few times. Also, it’s treated as a cash advance from your credit card, not a transaction, so you’ll probably be charged a cash withdrawal fee by your credit card company. After paying for your visa you’ll get a receipt .
• Take the receipt of visa payment, your passport , and boarding pass for your flight into Kathmandu to the immigration desk and get stamped through.

RECOMMENDED KATHMANDU ACCOMMODATION

Thamel is the main tourist hub in Kathmandu , with plenty of restaurants, bars, shops, and services aimed at trekkers. Here are some recommendations for accommodation before and after your Everest Base Camp trek, with something to suit all budgets.

Flock Hostel | Dorm and Private rooms, modern design, close to Thamel, rooftop bar and terrace, restaurant

Zostel Kathmandu | Dorm and Private rooms, terrace, bar, restaurant, close to Thamel

Flying Yak | Dorm and Private rooms, modern design, central Thamel, bar, terrace  

Yakety Yak | Dorm and Private rooms, sleek modern design, rooftop terrace, bar, restaurant, central Thamel

Bag Packer’s Lodge | Budget private rooms with shared or private bathroom, rooftop terrace, restaurant, central Thamel location

9ine Thamel | Sleek minimalist design, central Thamel, excellent restaurant 

Nomad Hotel | Tasteful modern design, short walk from Thamel, restaurant and terrace

Oasis Kathmandu Hotel | Good location in Thamel, restaurant, generically ‘nice’ decor

Kathmandu Aagantuk Hotel | Good location in Thamel, restaurant, generically ‘nice’ decor, some rooms with balconies

Hotel Roadhouse | Stylish Modern design with heritage feel, central Thamel, popular restaurant on ground floor

Dalai-La | Central Thamel, courtyard restaurant, artistic Nepali design

Hotel Thamel House | Classic heritage style with lots of brick and wood, leafy courtyard restaurant, central Thamel

Kathmandu Marriott Hotel | Sleek and minimal design, walking distance to Thamel, Nimsdai store on-site

Aloft Kathmandu |  Modern design, Thamel location

Baber Mahal Vilas – The Heritage Hotel | Heritage boutique hotel invoking a range of historic styles 

The Dwarika’s Hotel | 5* luxury heritage style hotel, half-way between airport and Thamel

SEE MORE KATHMANDU ACCOMMODATION HERE

Everest base camp trek maps, guidebooks and apps.

MAPS, GUIDEBOOKS AND APPS

You can easily pick up trekking maps of the Khumbu region in Thamel, Kathmandu, with many shops selling them. Check that your map covers the full Everest Base Camp route, plus the section to the south as far as Salleri if you’re planning to travel overland to Lukla (or plans change at the last minute and you need to trek instead of fly!).

Good guidebooks for the Everest Base Camp trek specifically, and the Khumbu region and Nepal in general, include A Trekking Guide to Everest: Everest Base Camp, Gokyo Lakes, Thame Valley, Three High Passes, Classic Everest, Arun Valley by Sian Pritchard-Jones and Bob Gibbons (available in paperback or kindle), Cicerone’s Trekking Everest: Base Camp, Kala Patar and Other Trekking Routes in Nepal and Tibet , Lonely Planet’s Nepal Guide , the Lonely Planet Trekking in the Nepal Himalaya guide, and The Rough Guide to Nepal .

We would also suggest having a mapping app on your phone that can be used offline . Our favourite is Organic Maps ( iOS / Android ) (very similar to Maps.me, but with less ads) which is easy to use and has a straightforward interface. You can download maps for the area beforehand and use it offline with the GPS on your phone. Our Everest Base Camp Trekking E-Map includes a KML file with the various routes and all relevant places pinned, which can be imported to Organic Maps or Maps.Me for easy navigation and planning.

We also use the Gaia GPS app ( iOS / Android ) when we want more detailed topographical info, ensuring that we’ve downloaded the relevant map region online in advance. Again, our Everest Base Camp Trekking E-Map includes a GPX file download of the routes and key places, which can be imported directly into your app.

THANKS FOR READING!

If you’ve found this guide helpful, please consider leaving us a small tip. Your support is greatly appreciated and helps cover the costs of running this blog.

Kim and Del Hogg

If you’ve found this guide helpful, please consider leaving us a small tip.

Your support is greatly appreciated and helps cover the costs of running this blog.

That’s it for our guide to the Everest Base Camp trek. We hope you found it useful. If you’ve any thoughts or experiences to share, or any questions about this trek, drop them in the comments below.

ORGANISE YOUR TRIP

Still not sorted your travel insurance it’s not too late get a quote now, liked this guide pin it for later, 3 leave a reply.

Wow, there is nobody ever who even talks about the Sherpa Porters in the region. Exactly, the porters have difficulty in getting the right accommodation and good food. I really love the way it has been explained in this guide. They should be paid more and they should have as good facilities as the guides. They are superhumans.

Thanks Naresh, we were happy to highlight this issue. Ultimately, porters do a valuable job and we believe that both they and trekking guides should be well treated and provided for.

This guide is truly the most comprehensive and accurate I have come across in over 30 years! Still I would like to make a few comments: – about guides and trek packages: some guides want to have total control and not just act as helpers and fixers. Getting a trek package which does not include food and lodgings helps in this regard, as you as the paying client are responsible to pick the lodge to the stay at and also can eat anything from the menu, or nothing in some cases, without the guide having anything to say about it. …  Read more »

WORK WITH US

We use cookies to ensure we give you the best possible user experience on Going the Whole Hogg. By continuing to browse this site, we assume you're happy with this.

Cookie and Privacy Settings

We may request cookies to be set on your device. We use cookies to let us know when you visit our websites, how you interact with us, to enrich your user experience, and to customize your relationship with our website.

Click on the different category headings to find out more. You can also change some of your preferences. Note that blocking some types of cookies may impact your experience on our websites and the services we are able to offer.

These cookies are strictly necessary to provide you with services available through our website and to use some of its features.

Because these cookies are strictly necessary to deliver the website, refusing them will have impact how our site functions. You always can block or delete cookies by changing your browser settings and force blocking all cookies on this website. But this will always prompt you to accept/refuse cookies when revisiting our site.

We fully respect if you want to refuse cookies but to avoid asking you again and again kindly allow us to store a cookie for that. You are free to opt out any time or opt in for other cookies to get a better experience. If you refuse cookies we will remove all set cookies in our domain.

We provide you with a list of stored cookies on your computer in our domain so you can check what we stored. Due to security reasons we are not able to show or modify cookies from other domains. You can check these in your browser security settings.

We also use different external services like Google Webfonts, Google Maps, and external Video providers. Since these providers may collect personal data like your IP address we allow you to block them here. Please be aware that this might heavily reduce the functionality and appearance of our site. Changes will take effect once you reload the page.

Google Webfont Settings:

Google Map Settings:

Google reCaptcha Settings:

Vimeo and Youtube video embeds:

You can read about our cookies and privacy settings in detail on our Privacy Policy Page.

All Destinations , Asia , Nepal

Best everest base camp trek itinerary (12 days).

Whether you’re planning on hiking in Nepal with a guide or trekking the Khumbu region independently, this Everest Base Camp trek itinerary should give you a clear idea about what to expect. 

Everest Base Camp has been on my bucket list for 15 years, ever since I learned about the Himlayas at school. 

But I never had a chance to do it until Spring 2024, when my partner’s friends organised a group of us to undertake the hike. 

When I was preparing for the hike, I was full of questions. How much money do I need? Is it safe? How should I train? 

But, above all, what is the standard Everest Base Camp trek itinerary? 

We were provided an itinerary for the trail, but I was craving more details. 

So, when I was doing the trek, I decided to put together our detailed Everest Base Camp itinerary to help any future hikers! 

This is the standard itinerary that’s followed by most tour groups, with a few variations, and my experience and thoughts about it. If you’re hiking independently I have put a few suggested tweaks in that I think could improve the itinerary.

Let’s get into it! 

Everest Base Camp trek itinerary

The typical Everest Base Camp itinerary is as follows:

• Day 1: Flight from Kathmandu to Lukla; trek to Phakding
• Day 2: Phakding to Namche Bazar
• Day 3: Acclimatization day in Namche Bazar
• Day 4: Namche Bazar to Tengbouche
• Day 5: Tengbouche to Dingboche
• Day 6: Acclimatization day in Dingboche
• Day 7: Dingboche to Lobuche
• Day 8: Lobuche to Gorak Shep; visit Everest Base Camp
• Day 9: Hike to Kala Patthar; return to Gorak Shep; trek down to Pangboche
• Day 10: Pangboche to Namche Bazar
• Day 11: Namche Bazar to Lukla
• Day 12: Flight from Lukla back to Kathmandu

This is the itinerary that most tour companies use, give or take a few stops (for example, some groups hike to Manjo rather than Phakding on the first day, or stay in Periche rather than Pangboche on day 9).

And of course, if you’re trekking independently, yours might look a bit different.

Here’s what to expect on each day!

Day one – Fly to Lukla – hike to Phakding

• Start Elevation: Lukla – 2,860 meters (9,383 feet)
• End Elevation: Phakding – 2,610 meters (8,563 feet)
• Elevation Loss: 250 meters (820 feet)
• Distance: Approximately 8 km (5 miles)
• Difficulty: Easy

Your Everest Base Camp hike begins by flying to Lukla airport – often dubbed the “world’s most dangerous airport” ( you can see my thoughts on it here ). 

The timing of your flight can vary greatly – it depends on the weather, which is incredibly temperamental at Lukla (as expected at 2,800 metres altitude) and how many passengers. Flights might depart as early as 6 AM or as late as mid-afternoon. 

Keep in mind, there’s a 50% chance flights could be cancelled due to weather. If this happens, you might need to wait for the next available flight (which could be the next day) or opt for a helicopter ride at an additional cost (we were told that this would be $400 per person, although I have heard of people paying much cheaper). 

Upon arrival in Lukla – elevation 2,860 meters – you’ll feel the anticipation buzzing through the crisp mountain air. 

Compared to other villages along the trail, Lukla is positively cosmopolitan, with a variety of shops and tea houses. 

The trek to Phakding is a gentle introduction to the Himalayan terrain. 

It’s mostly downhill (although there are some ups, too – this is Nepali Flat ) and takes about 3 to 4 hours, covering around 8 kilometres. As you descend to Phakding (2,610 metres), you’ll pass through beautiful landscapes dotted with traditional Sherpa villages and monasteries and walk along the Dudh Koshi River.

The path is well-maintained, with plenty of spots to rest, grab a snack or use the toilet. While the altitude here is significant, it’s generally not high enough to trigger acute mountain sickness, though some of us started feeling the elevation! 

Some hikers continue to Monjo, but whether you’ll be able to do this depends on what time your plane lands. I wouldn’t recommend counting on being able to hike past Phakding.

My Suggestions

For a less tiring start to this journey, I’d advise spending the night in Ramechhap or flying to Lukla a day early.

Staying in Kathmandu requires waking up around 2am for the drive to Ramechhap, which can be exhausting even before your trek begins! 

Many tour companies offer accommodation arrangements in these locations – if you’re on a private tour, just ask your organiser before heading out.

Where to stay

We stayed in Trekkers Lodge Phakding , which was cosy and well-appointed – I loved the outdoor sitting area with views of the hills! Rooms were en-suite, with a shower – although the water was freezing cold. 

Day Two –  Phakding to Namche Bazar

• Start Elevation: Phakding – 2,610 meters (8,563 feet)
• End Elevation: Namche Bazar – 3,440 meters (11,286 feet)
• Elevation Gain: 830 meters (2,723 feet)
• Distance: Approximately 10-12 km (6-7.5 miles)
• Difficulty: Moderate

Today is your first full day on the trail! 

Today’s trek from Phakding to Namche Bazar is where the real climbing begins. 

The hike starts with a pleasant walk along the Dudh Koshi River, but don’t be fooled by the easy path – it will get more difficult! You’ll cover approximately 10 to 12 kilometres today, which usually takes about 5 to 7 hours without breaks, depending on your pace.

As you leave Phakding, the trail meanders through magnificent pine forests, crossing and recrossing the river several times on suspension bridges draped with prayer flags that flutter in the wind. I found these bridges to be rather hair-raising, but they are stable! 

The most famous is the Hillary Suspension Bridge , named after the first Westerner to summit Everest (along with Sherpa Tenzing Norgay ). 

Elevation gain is a key part of today’s hike, as you ascend from Phakding at 2,610 meters to Namche Bazar at 3,440 meters – this is quite a lot of altitude to gain at once, but unfortunately, there’s not really anywhere else you can stop (as you’ll gain most of this elevation on the steep climb up to Namche!). 

As you approach the village, you might start feeling the altitude – I found the last ascent into Namche particularly challenging. 

Namche Bazar, often considered the gateway to the high Himalayas and the largest town in the Everest region, is a bustling sherpa community that offers a warm welcome to trekkers. Here, you’ll find an array of cafes, bakeries shops and the world’s highest Irish pub !

It’s a cultural hub where trekkers can soak up the local culture and prepare for higher altitudes in the days to come.

Hotel 8848 was a fun tea house with a great atmosphere. I’d definitely recommend staying here, and try the veggie burger in the restaurant – it’s excellent!

Day Three – Acclimatization in Namche Bazar

• Activities: Hiking uphill and then down for acclimatisation
• Difficulty: Easy to moderate

Take today to acclimatise and explore the heart of the Khumbu region, Namche Bazar. 

Your body will thank you for allowing it time to adjust to the higher altitude! 

All organised treks will include a day of acclimatisation in Namche , and I’d highly recommend doing the same if you’re hiking independently. 

However, acclimatisation doesn’t mean resting all day! In fact, the best way to acclimatise is to keep active. 

Start your morning with a short hike up about 150 meters to the Sagarmatha National Park Museum .

As it’s just above Namche, this climb not only helps with acclimatisation but you can also catch a glimpse of Mount Everest on a clear day! 

The museum itself is well worth a visit – here, you’ll discover insights into Sherpa people, the history of Everest expeditions and its geography. 

After your museum visit, continue your hike up to the Everest View Hotel.  

Aim to reach early; the views are best in the morning, as afternoons are often cloudy! 

The hotel is apparently the highest luxury hotel in the world and we visited for a cup of tea. It was surprisingly the most underwhelming—and the priciest—tea I had, served DIY style with just a pot of hot water and the raw ingredients. 

Also, note trekkers are expected to use the external bathrooms, so keep some toilet paper handy!

If I did the trek again and it was unlikely that I’d see Everest from the hotel, I’d probably stop a bit before it and return to Namche. The last part of the trail is flat, so you could just hike to 4800 metres and then descend rather than pay for the Khumbu region’s most expensive tea at the hotel! 

After lunching at our tea house, we had the afternoon at leisure. Our tea house (Hotel 8848) had hot showers which was bliss, and I did a bit of last-minute shopping! 

Day Four – ​Namche Bazar to Tengboche

• Start Elevation: Namche Bazar – 3,440 meters (11,286 feet)
• End Elevation: Tengboche – 3,860 meters (12,664 feet)
• Elevation Gain: 420 meters (1,378 feet)
• Distance: Approximately 9-10 km (5.6-6.2 miles)

First up on day four is a climb out of Namche Bazar, heading up to a path that runs above the town. Then, it’s generally flat for a while, with a few minor uphills and downhills. 

While this is fairly easy, it was here that I started feeling awful – low energy, headachey and a bit sick.

At our tea stop, I started taking Diamox as I thought it might be due to altitude sickness.

We lunched just before the infamous uphill zig-zag path that leads to Tengboche monastery. 

This path is steep and relentless – it took us about two hours to reach the top (elevation: 3,800 metres). 

Here, the air is noticeably thinner. Dominating the landscape is the majestic Tengboche Monastery. 

It’s well worth popping into – with an entry fee of just 300 rupees, it offers not only a moment of spiritual reflection but also a chance to admire its intricate artistry up close. When we visited, we even got a blessing from one of the resident monks!

Inside, the air is heavy with the scent of incense; the walls, stories high, are adorned with ancient thangkas.

However, by the time we reached the top of the zig-zags, we didn’t have the energy for a monastery visit – instead, we popped in on the way back down. 

From Tengbouche Monastery, it was a 45 minute walk to Good Luck Tea House , where we were staying for the night. 

Despite the name, this was not a lucky night for me. My nausea had worsened and I retreated straight up to our room, where I was quickly quite sick! (Luckily, we had an en-suite bathroom, unluckily, the walls were paper-thin). 

I wasn’t sure if this was altitude or food-related, but I thankfully did start feeling a lot better after I was sick. My guide was an angel and brought me dinner and reassured me that I was ok for the moment, and could see how I felt in the morning regarding altitude.  

I had one episode of diarrhoea in the night, but thankfully woke up in the morning feeling fragile, but lots better and able to continue the hike.

Good Luck Tea House was decent, although my memory of being there is marred by feeling awful!

Day Five – Tengbouche to Dingboche 

• Start Elevation:  Tengbouche – 3,800 meters (12,467 feet)
• End Elevation:  Dingboche – 4,410 meters (14,470 feet)
• Elevation Gain:  610 meters (2,000 feet)
• Distance:  Approximately 11 km (6.8 miles)
• Difficulty:  Moderate

The trek was starting to get harder due to the altitude, but other than that, this hike is a lot more manageable than previous days.

However, as I was still quite fragile, I struggled with the first part of it! 

We weaved out of Tengbouche and through the last of the trees – after our lunch stop, we’d be hiking above the tree line. 

As the trail ascends toward Dingboche, the increase in altitude becomes more apparent, and the air noticeably thinner. 

However, the ascents are nowhere near as severe as the previous days. 

Dingboche, sitting at an altitude of 4,410 meters is a critical acclimatisation stop. It’s very important to take a day to acclimatise here!

We stayed at Good Luck Tea House again – it’s a branch of the same tea house in Tengboche – and had a couple of hours in the afternoon to relax before dinner. I couldn’t face much food – I was scared of being sick again – so I just had a bowl of plain pasta with salt and pepper. 

Day Six: Acclimatization Day in Dingboche

• Elevation:  Dingboche – 4,410 meters (14,470 feet)
• Activities:  Short acclimatization hike
• Total Hiking Time:  Approximately 2 hours
• Elevation Gain:  300 meters
• Difficulty:  Easy

Day six on the Everest Base Camp trek is a key acclimatization stop in Dingboche. There are a variety of hikes to do around the village – we opted for a fairly easy but still hilly trek. You can do longer, but for our group, this worked well to acclimatise while still having ample time to rest. 

Above Dingboche, there are three flagpoles, the highest of which is 300 meters above the town. We opted to hike to the highest one. 

 This hike is easier and shorter than the previous acclimatisation day in Namche Bazar, taking about 2 hours in total. 

I was feeling much better today, so felt quite invigorated as we hiked around!

There are lots of photo stops on the way too – the mountain views are stunning – including the famous rock that everyone gets a photo at. Climbing on it isn’t as scary as it looks! 

After returning to Dingboche, you have the rest of the day to relax! 

We decided to visit Cafe 4410, a popular bakery serving hot drinks, cakes and heavier meals. Try one of their luxury hot chocolates! 

We actually ended up in the cafe for hours – the waiter put on the Everest movie, so we watched that and enjoyed being stationary for a bit! 

Day Seven: Dingboche to Lobuche

• Start Elevation:  Dingboche – 4,410 meters (14,470 feet)
• End Elevation:  Lobuche – 4,900 meters (16,076 feet)
• Elevation Gain:  490 meters (1,608 feet)
• Distance:  Approximately 7-8 km (4.3-5 miles)
• Difficulty:  Moderate to Challenging

You’re going to hike to nearly 5,000 metres today, so buckle up! 

Leaving Dingboche behind, you’ll feel like you’re saying farewell to the vestiges of normality as the landscape transitions into more stark, alpine scenery. 

Today’s route progresses from 4,410 meters in Dingboche to 4,900 meters in Lobuche, navigating through changing terrains and increasing altitudes.

The trek starts gently – it’s more or less flat as it exits Dingboche.

Then, it follows up the valley, gradually gaining elevation slowly. 

We stopped for lunch in Thukla at the Yak Lodge. I’d recommend having the ramen noodles here (simple, but gives you hydration and energy) and avoiding the fried noodles – I had them on the way down and they were awful. 

After Thukla, it’s time to climb up the cliff face! This looks short, but the altitude and steepness mean it’ll take around an hour. 

At the top of the climb, you’ll find a memorial site which honours climbers who have lost their lives trying to summit Everest. 

It was especially poignant for us, as we’d just watched the Everest movie the day before, which focuses on the 1996 disaster .

We saw memorials to Rob Hall and Scott Fisher, who were two of the victims. It’s a harrowing reminder of how dangerous the mountains can be, but don’t worry – the dangers lie after base camp, not before it (take a look at my article about Everest Base Camp safety for more information ). 

After passing the smaller Lobuche Base Camp, the trek continues for another 90 minutes to reach the village of Lobuche. 

While the hike is not technically difficult aside from the uphill section, the increasing altitude makes the physical exertion feel more intense, and symptoms of altitude sickness may start to become more noticeable!

Lobuche is known for housing the world’s highest bakery ; it’s not as well stocked as Dingboche, but I was surprised to see it at all!

I can’t recommend our tea house in Loboche (Mother Earth)

It was notably less comfortable compared to previous nights, with no lights in the bedrooms and substandard toilet facilities. It also backed onto the stables, so we could smell animals from the corridor! 

This is partially due to it being such high altitude but our tea house in Gorak Shep, 300 metres higher, was a lot better!

Day Eight – Loboche – Everest Base Camp – Gorak Shep

• Start Elevation: Lobuche – 4,900 meters (16,076 feet)
• End Elevation at EBC: Everest Base Camp – 5,364 meters (17,598 feet)
• End Elevation at Gorak Shep: Gorak Shep – 5,164 meters (16,942 feet)
• Elevation Gain: 464 meters (1,522 feet) to EBC
• Distance: Approximately 15 km (9.3 miles) total
• Difficulty: Challenging

Today’s the day! 

We finally reached the base of the highest mountain in the world. 

The morning journey from Lobuche to Gorak Shep had relatively gentle uphills, but at altitudes surpassing 5,000 meters, the air is notably thinner—oxygen levels hover around 55% of what they are at sea level. 

This significant reduction in oxygen can make even slight inclines feel disproportionately challenging!

This was also the only area around Everest Base Camp where I felt like it was too busy. The pathway is narrow here, and lots of hikers were on their way to base camp, so it was quite chaotic at times! 

You will catch your first view of Everest Base Camp (and the Khumbu icefall) here. 

In Gorak Shep, a small settlement at 5,200 meters, we stopped for lunch and a brief rest. As I mentioned, the tea house here was much better than Loboche! 

Then, it was time for the final leg to Everest Base Camp! 

The trail followed the same pattern as the morning – a net incline of 164 metres, but a lot of downhill and uphill along the route.

After around 2.5 hours, we made it! Everest Base Camp is 5,364 metres high, and it’s where summiteers stay for around two months while preparing to hike to the summit of Mount Everest, the highest point in the world. 

As a tourist, access is restricted to the periphery of the actual campsite, but even from the edges, the sense of adventure and the scale of the expeditions are palpable. 

You can catch a view of Everest from the base camp, and of course take photos with the signature rock. Although, since 2024, there’s been a sign over part of it, so photos are more limited these days! 

We stayed at Buddha Lodge , which, while basic, was remarkably better than Mother Earth in Loboche. For such high altitude, I was impressed with their food offerings. Try the hash brown!

Day Nine: Gorak Shep – Kala Patthar – Pangboche

• Start Elevation:  Gorak Shep – 5,164 meters (16,942 feet)
• Highest Point: Kala Patthar – 5,545 meters (18,192 feet) – this is the highest altitude that you’ll go on the trek
• End Elevation:  Pangboche – 3,985 meters (13,074 feet)
• Distance:  Approximately 15-16 km (9-10 miles)
• Difficulty:  Challenging due to altitude and initial ascent, then easier descent

The best view of Everest isn’t actually from Everest Base Camp!

If you can handle even higher elevations, I’d recommend a pre-dawn hike from Gorak Shep to Kala Patthar. 

This is just a steep climb from Gorak Shep, and while the full ascent to Kala Patthar’s peak is popular, a partial hike still offers incredible views of Everest and the surrounding peaks, some of which mark the border between Nepal and Tibet.

Not many of us in our group opted to do this trek, but I’d highly recommend it if you can get out of bed (we left at 5am). I found standing underneath the world’s highest mountains as the sun came up to be absolutely enchanting. 

The trail then leads down! We retraced our steps, back to Loboche and then further downhill. The first hour was still up and down, which was tough, but then it swiftly got easier. 

We were originally aiming for Periche on this day, which sits just below Dingboche, but ultimately decided to descend further to Pangboche, as we had daylight and knew that we’d feel better the further we descended. 

The trail was mostly downhill, and was very easy for the most part. 

We stayed at Buddha Lodge and Restaurant , which was quite cosy – we were the only people there!

Day Ten: Pangboche – Namche Bazar

• Start Elevation:  Pangboche – 3,985 meters (13,074 feet)
• End Elevation:  Namche Bazar – 3,440 meters (11,286 feet)
• Distance:  Approximately 14-15 km (8.7-9.3 miles)
• Difficulty:  Moderate

Continuing the descent, the path from Pangboche to Namche Bazar winds through beautiful Himalayan forests (the trees are back!) and traditional Sherpa villages. 

Don’t forget to visit Tengboche Monastery on the way back if you didn’t while ascending. 

The trek is mostly downhill, although just as the trail was up and down on the way up, it’s down and up on the way back! There is a particularly hilly section midway through the day.

Once you arrive in Namche, you’ll feel like you’re in the land of mod cons!

We had our first shower in a week and then went to the Irish pub for an alcoholic drink. The Irish pub also serves excellent pizza, easily the best thing I ate all week! 

We stayed at Hotel 8848 again.

Day Eleven: Namche Bazar to Lukla

• Start Elevation:  Namche Bazar – 3,440 meters (11,286 feet)
• End Elevation:  Lukla – 2,860 meters (9,383 feet)
• Distance:  Approximately 18-19 km (11-12 miles)
• Difficulty:  Challenging due to the afternoon uphill section

It’s the final day of trekking!

The first descent is easy (I do recommend hiking poles, they’ll make this part of the trek much easier), but once we were down in the valley, we then had to climb uphill.

It wasn’t as hard as climbing at high altitudes, but on the last day of the trek, the very last thing I wanted to do was go uphill some more!

However, Lukla is a welcome respite from the trekking; here, you can purchase Everest souvenirs (although you can also get these in Kathmandu) and relax at one of the tea houses. We stayed at The Nest. 

We stayed at The Nest , which is where we had lunch on the first day. We had en-suite bathrooms with showers, which could be made hot (for free!) but the beds were incredibly hard here. But, it was our last day in tea houses before we flew back to Kathmandu!

Day Eleven: Flight back to Ramechhap

Another 18 minute flight beckons on this day, but while it’s a very short time in the air, you could end up waiting a while for it!

For us, it wasn’t too bad. We stayed at The Nest (which is right by the airport) until it was time to check in, and then had around a 45 minute wait in the airport before we boarded. 

Then, our van was waiting for us to take us back to Kathmandu! 

If you have an international flight out of Nepal, I’d recommend leaving a couple of days before it, just in case the weather doesn’t play ball and you end up stuck in Lukla! 

How many days do I need for the Everest Base Camp trek? 

Most Everest Base Camp itineraries are 12 days long (not including days in Kathmandu). This is because most tourists only have two weeks off work, and it lets them fit it into their holiday time. 

It’s possible to do it quicker, but I wouldn’t recommend it unless you have experience at similar altitudes. Acclimatisation is all-important on this hike! If you really need a day less, you could fit the descent into two days rather than three. 

Plus, if you’re hiking independently and are able to, I’d recommend taking longer on the hike. Allowing an extra day for acclimatisation in Namche Bazar and stopping more on the way from Namche to base camp could help you avoid feeling unwell. 

Having extra days to play with also helps in case of bad weather and flight cancellations. 

When is the best time to hike to Everest Base Camp?

The best times to hike Everest Base Camp are during the pre-monsoon spring months of March, April and May, and the post-monsoon autumn months of October and November.

Spring (March, April and May):

Spring is a popular time as the weather is generally stable and relatively warm. Of course, it’ll be much colder in March than May! 

Additionally, as it’s pre-monsoon, the likelihood of rain is lower so typically the trails are dry and safer for trekking.

It’s also when most summit attempts leave from Base Camp, so you’ll see most of the activity at the actual camp at this time (usually from mid-April through May). At other times of year (including March), base camp will be a lot quieter. 

Autumn (October and November):

The Autumn season is another prime trekking time, with clear skies and temperate weather.

The air after the monsoon is fresh and clear, offering some of the best views of Everest and the surrounding Himalayas. 

Plus, the trails aren’t as crowded as they are in the spring months – but you won’t see anywhere near the amount of activity at base camp. 

Off-Peak Seasons

Trekking is possible year-round, but most hikers don’t attempt it in the monsoon season (June to early September) or winter. 

In the monsoon season, trails can be slippery, mountain views obscured and there’s a much higher chance of landslides. 

In the winter season, temperatures are freezing, with lots of snow and the chance of some passes being closed. 

Do you need a guide to hike Everest Base Camp? 

In the Everest region, unlike other areas in Nepal, hiring a guide is not mandatory. However, I couldn’t imagine doing the hike without a guide. 

Our guide helped us manage health concerns like altitude sickness, trekking permits, ensured safe navigation on the trail (ours helped us deal with the many oxen that we had to share the trail with!), facilitated interactions with local communities, and handled logistics such as accommodations and flights. 

Their knowledge and skills in addressing sudden medical issues or route changes are invaluable. Plus, hiring guides (and porters!) helps the local economy. 

I’d also recommend hiring a porter for this reason; while it feels lazy not carrying your gear, porters are accustomed to the altitude and carrying heavy loads (although not too heavy! Ours could carry a maximum of 30kg, split between two people). Hiring them gives them work, which isn’t always easy to find in the remote Himalayas. 

Are you ready to hike Everest Base Camp? 

There’s no experience in the world quite like hiking to Everest Base Camp, seeing the world’s highest mountains and fathoming what an undertaking summitting Everest is. While it was tough, I’d recommend it to anyone who feels able to. You’ll quite literally feel like you’re on top of the world! 

I have lots of blog posts and YouTube videos to come, and I’ve already been posting on TikTok and Instagram , so hopefully I’ll be covering all bases regarding the EBC trek. If you have any questions, feel free to reach out on social media and I’ll try my best to answer you! 

• New Zealand
• The Philippines
• The Netherlands
• United Kingdom
• Inspiration
• Overland Itineraries
• Packing Lists
• Travel Tips
• Working Abroad
• Accomodation Guides
• Overland Travel
• Preserving Cultures
• Protecting Animals
• Living Abroad

Best Time to Visit

Weather & Climate

Kathmandu Airport Guide

Top Destinations in Nepal

One Week in Nepal

Tipping Guide

Getting Around

Top Things to Do in Nepal

Complete Guide to Kathmandu

Top Things to Do in Kathmandu

Top Things to Do in Pokhara

Sacred Sites

Amazing Festivals

Top National Parks

Must-Try Food

Annapurna Circuit

Manaslu Circuit

Himalaya Trail

Facts About Mt. Everest

Trek to Everest Base Camp

Everything You Need to Know About Trekking to Everest Base Camp

Jason Maehl / Getty Images

Everest Camp II (2)

Trekking to Everest Base Camp in Nepal's Sagarmatha National Park is the adventure of a lifetime. Although actually climbing Mount Everest is out of reach for many of us, anyone with enough grit and good enough fitness can reach EBC and the Khumbu Icefall, the starting point for climbing Mount Everest. (You’ll need an $11,000 permit and some serious equipment to go any higher from there!)

The Himalayan scenery here is unrivaled on earth. Snowy sentinels will witness your struggle toward the top of the world , while stupas, prayer flags, and Sanskrit tablets will remind you of the spiritual significance of the area. Sadly, the numerous memorials to hikers who perished along the trail underscore the seriousness of your undertaking.

You’ll battle freezing cold, thin air, weather changes, and your own body as you ascend. Once at Everest Base Camp, you won’t even get to see the famous mountain itself unless you take a day to climb Kala Patthar (18,519 feet), an adjacent prominence that affords views of the “Holy Mother” when weather permits.

Read on for our complete guide to the Everest Base Camp trek, with information on what to pack, when to go, EBC tours, and more. Note that we’ll only cover getting to South Base Camp in Nepal, not North Base Camp in Tibet .

What to Expect

Trekking to Everest Base Camp involves hiking between lodges (or “teahouses”) found in villages along the trail. Some days may only consist of four hours or so of uphill trekking, depending on how much elevation is gained that day. Sometimes, you’ll have the option of pushing on to another village higher up—but no matter what, you will never gain more than 1,312 feet (500 meters) in a day.

Once above the tree line, the common rooms in your lodges will invariably be heated by yak dung-burning stoves. Weary hikers will hang around these stoves, warming themselves and socializing before retiring early to their unheated rooms. The shared toilets are sometimes located in snowy outhouses.

The village of Namche Bazaar (11,290 feet) is considered the last fully “civilized” stop on the trek to Everest Base Camp. Here, trekkers can enjoy treats from a German bakery while watching screened documentaries. You’ll find last-minute gear and souvenirs for sale along with the last ATM on the trail. You can even indulge at the “highest Irish pub in the world” on your way down after a successful trek!

When's the Best Time to Trek to Everest Base Camp?

The best time for trekking to Everest Base Camp is in either spring (March to May) or fall (September to November). If you want to see the camp in full form with climbers, support teams, and film crews, you’ll need to time your trip with spring climbing season, usually late April or early May. This is also the busiest time to be in Nepal .

For less traffic on the trails, consider making your trek to Everest Base Camp in September or October. Unfortunately, this means hiking in cooler weather with even less daylight than usual.

Avoid making the trek during monsoon season in summer. Humidity reduces beautiful views at lower elevations, and snowfall closes trails at higher elevation.

Adisorn Fineday Chutikunakorn / Getty Images

Should I Book a Tour or Go Independently?

There are three options for completing a trek to Everest Base Camp:

• Book a group tour and have all arrangements made for you.
• Make the trek to Everest Base Camp independently .
• Arrive in Nepal, then hire a guide and/or porter yourself.

No matter which option you choose, try to spend an additional day at Namche Bazaar. The extra time at 11,290 feet reduces some of the effects of elevation later; you’ll enjoy a better overall trekking experience and suffer less. The extra day isn’t “wasted”—many day hikes around Namche Bazaar provide beautiful views while giving your body time to adjust. Your chances of successfully reaching Base Camp vastly improve if you spend more time at Namche Bazaar.

Everest Base Camp Tours

Although the most expensive option by far, having everything organized before you arrive provides peace of mind. You’ll be taken care of all along the way, with access to better safety measures such as supplemental oxygen. Bigger companies use yaks to take your gear ahead; you’ll find it waiting for you in your teahouse room at the end of each hiking day.

You can book an Everest Base Camp tour online from home, or if time permits, do so after arriving in Kathmandu . Booking on the ground through a Nepalese agency saves money and better helps the local economy. You’ll find trekking agencies on every corner in Thamel, but unfortunately, not all are reliable. Choose a reputable agency that’s a member of the Trekking Agencies’ Association of Nepal . You can see in the member directory how long an agency has been in operation, and hopefully, make a better informed decision.

Independent Trekking

First, independently trekking to Everest Base Camp doesn’t necessarily mean solo trekking. Trekking alone in the Himalayas is dangerous no matter your experience level. A simple slip or unexpected weather change could keep you from reaching the next teahouse before temperatures plummet at night.

Independent trekkers can save a lot of money by foregoing organized tours and simply teaming up with other trekkers they meet along the way. (Everyone you meet in the lodges is going in one of two directions: up or down!) The well-marked trail to Everest Base Camp is busy during peak trekking seasons, giving you the best chance of meeting new friends who match your speed and fitness level.

Going independently does carry some risk, of course. You’ll be responsible for your own well-being and making important decisions. On the other hand, you’ll be able to set your own pace and make adjustments based on how well your body acclimatizes. A majority of hiker deaths on the trail each year occur when people in group excursions are suffering from Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS) but don’t speak up. They fear slowing everyone down, or don’t want to forfeit reaching Everest Base Camp.

If guiding yourself, pick up a good trail map in Kathmandu. Don’t rely solely on electronic devices for making survival decisions! You’ll also need to store your luggage at a trustworthy guesthouse or hotel in Kathmandu. Locking duffel bags and padlocks can be purchased in local shops; some owners will buy them back once you return from your trek.

Hiking Guides and Porters

Rest assured: Your pack is going to feel heavier at 15,000 feet than it does at home! Even as an independent trekker, hiring a local guide and/or porter are options. Hiring directly ensures money goes to the Sherpas instead of a Western tour agency that managed to rank well online. Expect to pay between $15 to $20 a day for a porter or $25 to $30 a day for a guide.

You’ll need to negotiate terms and contingencies before hitting the trail. Paying up to half of the porter’s fee up front is common, and you will also be expected to tip guides and porters after the trip. Finalize details and other expenses to avoid a potential disagreement. The agreed daily rate should include their meals, drinks, and accommodation so you aren’t asked for money later.

Guides will approach you on the street in Thamel, however, you should hire only a credible and licensed guide through either a trekking company or your accommodation. You may still be able to hire a porter later on the trail by speaking to the staff at your lodge.

How Much Does It Cost to Trek to Everest Base Camp?

The cost of trekking to Everest Base Camp depends entirely upon your needed level of comfort. One indelible rule holds on the trail: Prices rise as elevation rises. That 50-cent candy bar from Kathmandu is worth $7 at 17,000 feet!

Extremely basic accommodation in teahouses can be found for as low as $5 per night. You’ll be expected to have your meals where you stay. A hearty Nepalese meal of dal bhat can be enjoyed for $6 or less, but expect to pay much more for Western food. A can of Coke can cost up to $5; remember, it’s heavy and had to be carried up by a porter.

Other luxuries add to the cost of life on the trail. A (somewhat) warm shower can cost $5. Charging electronic devices and accessing the internet, if available, cost several dollars an hour, and the solar charging systems are often slow and provide only a weak charge. Depending on your food and drink indulgences, plan to spend $20 to $30 a day living on the trail. This excludes any fees you pay to porters and guides.

If not already covered, your greatest expense will be the short flight to and from Lukla. The 30-minute flight can cost around $180 each way.

Do You Need a Permit for Everest Base Camp?

You’ll need at least two permits for trekking to Everest Base Camp. Your tour organizer will probably provide these, but you’ll need to arrange them yourself if trekking independently.

• Sagarmatha National Park Permit: Get this at the Nepal Tourism Board office in Kathmandu (approximately $25).
• Khumbu Pasang Lhamu Rural Municipality Permit: You will get this permit from a checkpoint in Lukla; it isn’t available in Kathmandu (approximately $17).
• Gaurishankar Conservation Area Permit: You only need this permit from the Tourism Board if doing the longer trek to Everest Base Camp from Jiri instead of flying to Lukla (approximately $17).

The permit system changed in 2018. Disregard any information you read elsewhere about needing a TIMS card for the trek to Everest Base Camp.

Greg Rodgers

What to Pack

Kathmandu, particularly in Thamel, has more than enough outfitting shops for gearing up. Unfortunately, those same shops are stacked with counterfeit gear that probably won’t survive the hardships of the trek. Sifting through the piles of used gear in dark shops requires patience. Prices are inflated, so put your game face on and start haggling !

If you booked a guided tour, find out what your tour company plans to provide (e.g., hiking poles, down jackets, etc) before shopping. Consider bringing mission-critical items from home so that equipment failure doesn’t affect your experience. For instance, you’ll need quality sunglasses to prevent eye injury. Sunglasses for sale locally may have “UV Protection” stickers on them but don’t offer much actual protection.

• Good hiking boots. You should invest in high-quality, waterproof hiking boots and break them in properly before you leave home; painful blisters can ruin an otherwise-excellent trek.
• Lightweight sleeping bag. Rooms along the trek are unheated. Lodges provide weighty blankets for the freezing nights, but you'll appreciate having a layer between you and the unwashed bedding. Even a lightweight silk “sleep sheet” will do the trick.
• Alternate footwear. After removing your muddy hiking boots, a pair of lightweight shoes or sandals comes in handy for wearing around lodges and shared bathrooms.
• Water purification: As elevation increases, so does the cost of bottled water and need to reduce plastic waste. You’ll be drinking more than ever to counter dehydration in the dry air. Although there are many options, the two-bottle, chlorine dioxide system from Aquamira is a reliable solution.
• Trail snacks: Candy bars and nuts provide a much-needed boost to energy and morale while on the trail or in the lodge.
• USB power bank: Keeping batteries charged in the extreme cold is a challenge. If you plan to use a phone for photos or communication, you’ll want to bring along a rugged power bank.
• Diamox tablets: Diamox (acetazolamide) is medication for countering the dangerous effects of AMS. Guides should have some on hand, but independent trekkers will want to buy Diamox to carry. Beware of fake tablets for sale in Kathmandu. Purchase only from legitimate pharmacies—not from shops—and discuss how to use them.

If you won’t be taking your poles and other gear home after the trek, consider giving it directly to the Sherpas you meet in Lukla.

John Elk III / Getty Images

How to Get There

Fly into Kathmandu's Tribhuvan International Airport (KTM) and plan to spend a few days resting and preparing for the trek. Unless you’ll be starting the trek in Jiri—which requires a seven-hour bus ride and an additional five to seven days of trekking—you’ll need to book a flight to Lukla.

Taking the small prop plane from Kathmandu to Lukla (LUA) is one of the scariest and most scenic aviation experiences many travelers will have. Although not the highest airport in the world , weather and visibility changes have caused enough crashes at Tenzig-Hillary Airport in Lukla to earn it the title of “most dangerous airport in the world.”

The trek to Everest Base Camp begins in Lukla and finishes at the infamous Khumbu Icefall!

How Dangerous Is Everest Base Camp?

Although frostbite and rock slides are hazards along the trail, the biggest danger—by far—comes from the high elevation. Once symptoms of AMS begin (severe headache and nausea), you need to descend as soon as possible. Ideally, you’ll ascend slowly enough to minimize altitude sickness in the first place.

The CDC recommends never gaining more than 500 meters in one day and taking a rest day for every 1,000 meters gained. Whenever possible, you should descend to sleep at a lower elevation than the highest point reached during the day. Track and do the elevation math as though your life depends on it.

The high elevation and thinner air introduces additional risks. For one, your body will increase its production of red blood cells, causing excessive urination; be sure to drink plenty of water to avoid dehydration. Many trekkers will also experience the dry, hacking "Khumbu cough" from panting heavily in the thin air and breathing in the dust of the region. You can cover your face with a bandanna or balaclava for some protection. The cough usually goes away after time. Ultraviolet rays, too, are more damaging in the thinner air, so protect your skin, lips, and eyes by applying high SPF sunscreen and lip balm, wearing long sleeves, and donning sunglasses.

Finally, yak trains always get the right of way! Never share a bridge crossing with one, and always pass them on the “inside” of the trail. Startled yaks are unpredictable and sometimes knock trekkers off the trail.

Additional Tips

• Take your stocking up on snacks seriously. Pack candy bars, even if you wouldn’t ordinarily indulge at home. You’ll experience strong cravings at higher elevation. Hikers are willing to spend $7 or more for Snickers bars near Everest Base Camp!
• The weather in the Himalayas changes quickly and unpredictably. Flights to and from Lukla frequently become delayed by a day or two, maybe longer if a winter storm system sets in. Add some buffer days to your Kathmandu itinerary just in case this happens.
• Before retiring to bed, ask your teahouse staff to pour boiling water into your bottles and use them as bed warmers. Fair warning: They’ll probably be frozen next to you in the morning!
• Sleep with your phone and any batteries in the bed with you. Your body heat will protect battery life a little.
• Weight limitations imposed by airlines that fly to Lukla are strictly enforced. If an airline says 33 pounds (15 kilograms), that includes all baggage , stowed or carried. Don’t risk having to forfeit gear in Kathmandu Airport because you’re a pound or two over the allowance. You can stuff some items into your pockets, within reason.

How to Go Teahouse Trekking in Nepal

How to Choose and Prepare for a Hiking Trip

Solo Trekking in Nepal's Everest National Park

The Best 12 Hikes in Nepal

Independent Trekking in Nepal

The World's Highest Places and Attractions That You Can Visit

Five Amazing Hiking Routes Among the High Mountains of the Himalayas

How to Trek Nepal's Manaslu Circuit

The Complete Guide to Climbing Morocco's Mount Toubkal

The Different Types of Adventure Travel

A Guide to Tipping in Nepal

Nepal's Great Himalaya Trail: The Complete Guide

Where Is Mount Everest?

The Top 15 Destinations in Nepal

How to Trek Nepal's Annapurna Circuit

The Ultimate Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary: How to Get from Lukla to Everest Base Camp

Are you planning a trip to Everest Base Camp? Sitting at 5 380 m, the EBC trek in Nepal is one of the most iconic hikes in the world and tops any adventurer’s bucket list!

But walking over 130 km from Lukla to Everest Base Camp is tough! Mentally, physically and emotionally. Every day of your expedition will push you to your limits.

The reality is that no matter how intense your preparation is, it’s not your fitness levels or even your age that will determine whether you reach Everest Base Camp. It’s about how your body adjusts to a higher altitude.

Some people struggle, others don’t. This is why the acclimatization schedule in your Everest Base Camp trek itinerary is so crucial.

After successfully reaching base camp, I put together this comprehensive guide which includes step-by-step details of the best Everest Base Camp route to take, including the trekking time, the highlights, the best tea houses, how to deal with altitude sickness and so much more!

Quick Navigation

When to plan your Everest Base Camp Trek itinerary

April to May (Spring) and October to November (Autumn) are the most popular hiking months in Nepal offering perfect conditions for your Everest Base Camp trek.

But these months also attract scores of travelers looking to take on the Himalaya mountain ranges and so the trail does get busy.

Everest Base Camp Trek Route

If you follow my Everest Base Camp trek itinerary, you’ll need 12 days to start and return to Lukla. You will reach Everest Base Camp on day 9 which is enough time for your body to adjust to the higher altitude.

Day 1: Kathmandu to Lukla to Phakding

Day 2: phakding to namche bazaar, day 3: namche bazaar (acclimatization day), day 4: namche bazaar to khumjung, day 5: khumjung to phortse, day 6: phortse to dingboche, day 7: dingboche (acclimatization day), day 8: dingboche to lobuche, day 9: lobuche to gorak shep to everest base camp to gorak shep, day 10: gorak shep to kala patthar to pheriche, day 11: pheriche to namche bazaar, day 12: namche bazaar to lukla.

I did not take altitude sickness medication such as Diamox but I walked slowly, extremely slowly – probably the slowest anyone’s ever walked to EBC. This Everest Base Camp trek itinerary offers the best acclimatizing schedule to allow your body to naturally adjust to a higher altitude.

The start of your Everest Base Camp itinerary: Kathmandu

Your first few days in Nepal will be in the capital city, Kathmandu. Sitting at 1 400m above sea level, it’s recommended to spend at least 2 days here.

This allows your body to get used to the higher elevation, especially if you’re coming from sea level.

Kathmandu is a dynamic city with a rich culture and tradition, and you can easily spend a few extra days exploring if you have the time. Most tour operators include a day excursion to the nearby sights and temples within the city.

Make sure you stay in Thamel. It’s the hiking hub of Kathmandu with lots of eager trekkers choosing to base themselves here.

You can buy all your Everest Base Camp hiking gear in Thamel so don’t worry if you’ve forgotten something behind. Or if, like me , you arrived in Nepal with no hiking gear – only a pair of hiking boots! Thamel has got you covered.

Altitude: Kathmandu (1 400m) – Lukla (2 860m) – Phakding (2 610m).

Trekking time: 3-4 hours | 7,4 km.

Difficulty: Easy with only a few uphill sections.

Highlight: Flight into Lukla.

Overview: The first day of your Everest Base Camp trek itinerary will start bright and early with a flight out of Kathmandu to the infamous Tenzing Hillary Airport in Lukla. From there, you’ll hit the ground running and hike just over 3 hours to Phakding, your stop for the night.

Tea house: Royal Sherpa Resort.

The day has finally arrived – The first day of your Everest Base Camp itinerary!

The flight from Kathmandu to Lukla is only 36 minutes but it relies heavily on the weather. Even if there’s slight cloud cover, the flights are delayed or worse, canceled. Lukla Airport is one of the most dangerous airports in the world after all.

My flight with Summit Air was due to leave at 9 am, but we only left after 3 pm due to the weather conditions. The planes are tiny, and you’re allowed no more than 15kg of luggage – in total!

The flight itself was thrilling but not as frightening as I anticipated. Although I did freak out every few minutes when there was a slight bump.

Lukla to Phakding

Once you’ve arrived in Lukla, grab a quick bite to eat before starting the afternoon trek to Phakding.

This section from Lukla to Phakding is an easy one and it’s the perfect introduction to the Himilaya mountain range. It’s an incredibly scenic trail that hugs the mountain and runs alongside a stream.

You’ll pass through several villages and will set your sights on the first yaks and mules of your Everest Base Camp trek.

Before you know it, you’ll have reached Phakding where you’ll spend the night in your first tea house. Don’t get too used to these comfortable conditions though. The further up you go from Lukla to Everest Base Camp, the more basic the amenities become!

Tip: There are ATM’s in Lukla (and Namche) but draw cash in Kathmandu as a back-up.

Tip: There’s cell reception (NCell) in Phakding and most tea houses offer free power to charge up your phone or camera here.

Tip: Try to eat well during the first few days as you’ll start losing your appetite from day 3 of your Everest Base Camp itinerary. Remember: “Dal Bhat Power – 24 Hour”

Altitude: Phakding (2 610m) – Namche Bazaar (3 440m).

Trekking time: 7-9 hours | 10,4 km.

Difficulty: Easy for the first section, steep and difficult for the second half.

Highlight: The views from the suspension bridges.

Overview: Day 2 is when the real hiking starts! You’ll begin with a slow hike before climbing a steep section leading to Namche Bazaar, one of the most iconic stops on your Everest Base Camp trek itinerary.

Tea house: AD Friendship Lodge.

Day 2 is one of the most picturesque days of your Everest Base Camp trek itinerary. But you have a long day of hiking ahead of you so try to leave Phakding by 08:00 am.

The first part is an easy trek alongside pine forests and the excitement will begin to set in as you pass fellow trekkers making their way back down from Everest Base Camp to Lukla.

The glacial rivers are an impressive sight and you’ll cross several suspension bridges throughout the course of the day. These offer gorgeous views but they’re also terrifyingly high! Take in these beautiful surroundings as the landscape changes dramatically over the week.

After lunch, there is a sharp gain in elevation and the easy path suddenly becomes steeper. Take it slow to allow your body to adjust to this higher altitude.

En route to Namche Bazaar, you’ll also get your first glimpse of Mount Everest (If the weather conditions are on your side). You’ll also need to sign in at a checkpoint.

Namche Bazaar

Namche Bazaar is a picturesque village with a lively atmosphere. It’s the main trading center of the Khumbu region and a sherpa village. From Namche Bazaar it starts to get chilly but luckily there are plenty of tea houses with fireplaces to warm you up.

Tip: After you’ve arrived in Namche, pop into Hermann Helmers for their chocolate carrot cake. It’s life-changing!

Tip: Take a warm shower in Namche ($5) as it’s the cheapest you’ll find for the next 10 days!

Tip: Avoid eating meat after Namche Bazaar. Just think of it being carried up the mountain, during the heat of the day with no refrigeration. Don’t do it!

Day 3 of your EBC trek itinerary is your acclimatization day, a supposedly “rest day” to allow your body to slowly adjust to the high altitude. But that doesn’t mean you’ll get to sit inside and relax all day. Today, you’ll do an acclimatization hike to Everest View Hotel.

Altitude: Namche Bazaar (3 440m) – Everest View Hotel (3 880m) – Namche Bazaar (3 440m).

Trekking Time: 3 hours | 2.5 km.

Difficulty: The path itself isn’t too difficult, but with the elevation gain, you’ll begin losing your breath quickly.

Highlight: Watching Everest documentaries at Liquid Bar in Namche Bazaar (3 pm or 7:30 pm).

Overview: A short hiking day to Everest View Hotel and back, followed by free time to explore Namche Bazaar.

Even if you’re not feeling up to it, it’s important to get out and hike to a higher point, before coming back down to sleep at a lower altitude.

Today is also your second chance to get a glimpse of Mount Everest if you didn’t the day before. The trek is a tough one, and if you have not yet felt any symptoms of the higher altitude, you’ll soon begin to experience them.

Tip: There are many pubs and bars which show Everest documentaries. Make sure you watch one during your time in Namche Bazaar (But don’t drink alcohol on your way up – save that for when you return).

Route: Namche Bazaar (3 440m) – Khumjung (3 780m).

Trekking time: 4 hours | 4 km.

Difficulty: Moderately easy as it’s a short trekking day but from today the cold sets in.

Highlights: Playing card games in front of the fire, wrapped up in my sleeping bag because it was so cold.

Overview: You’ll go off the standard trekking route from Namche to Khumjung.

Tea House: Hill Top Lodge.

This is where most Everest Base Camp trek itineraries differ. From Namche Bazaar, there are two routes you can take both of which link up again in Dingboche on day 6 of your trek.

The first option (and most popular) is from Namche to Tengboche, before reaching Dingboche .

The second option (and my chosen route) is from Namche to Khumjung and Phortse which are on the other side of the river.

I chose the Khumjung route as it’s the less popular option. As a result, the hike isn’t as crowded, yet it offers the same sweeping views of the valleys below. But don’t worry, you’ll still get to experience the Tengboche route on your way back down from Everest Base Camp to Lukla.

Today was the first day that I layered up as it did get quite cold. You’ll pass a small local hospital as well as the famous Sir Edmund Hilary School before arriving in the small village of Khumjung.

When you get to Khumjung you’ll notice the change in the landscape. It’s far more arid and drier, with very few green luscious trees.

Tip: Ensure you have a pack of playing cards and a book with you. They’ll come in handy on short trekking days like today.

Route: Khumjung (3 780m) – Phortse (3 900m).

Trekking time: 6 hours | 7 km.

Difficulty: Although there isn’t much altitude gain today, there are still many sections where you walk downhill, before climbing back uphill so this constant up/down is strenuous.

Highlights: Today was the first day I began to feel the effects of the high altitude and I lost my appetite.

Overview: The trail from Khumjung to Phortse is incredibly scenic and you’ll walk alongside all the Himalaya giants.

Tea house: Phortse Resort.

Day 5 of your Everest Base Camp trek itinerary will start with a 2-hour climb to Mongla (3 975m). You’ll then go back down to 3 800m which is the elevation of your next stop, Phortse.

You’re still on the “quieter” route so enjoy this path as it gets busier from tomorrow when you head to Dingboche.

Today is the day I started to feel the effects of altitude sickness and by the time I reached our lunch stop, I had lost my appetite and a terrible headache was setting in. I wrote this detailed guide to how hard Everest Base Camp is and it includes these moments where i felt horrible!

There is also a considerable drop in temperature – It was 4 degrees celsius when we started walking today. The pipes in Phortse were frozen and the guides start to give you hot water in the evening which will be your drinking water from here on out.

Tip: When you’re given hot water in your drinking bottles, put one inside your sleeping bag to act as a hot water bottle.

Tip: I took a headache tablet at lunchtime and after a good night’s rest, I was feeling much better. If you’re not feeling well, don’t be afraid to take a pain killer but make sure you communicate with your guide so that he knows to keep an eye on you.

Altitude: Phortse (3 800m) – Dingboche (4 360m).

Trekking time: 8 hours | 9 km.

Difficulty: Today is a long, tiring day and breathing is difficult. The first few hours are tough, followed by an easier trek as you get closer to Dingboche.

Highlights: Arriving in Dingboche – today was a hectic day and I was so happy when it was over!

Overview: You’ll trek the entire day with a constant gradual incline until you arrive in Dingboche, where our EBC itinerary will meet up with the others who are coming from Tengboche.

Tea house: Sonam Friendship Lodge.

Today is a long trekking day!

When I woke up on day 6, I was feeling fit and strong (unlike the afternoon before) . I was extremely aware of how sick I had felt yesterday and despite feeling better, I took precautionary measures and walked extra slow with many breaks.

The first 5 hours involve constant uphill climbs, followed by downhill treks, before going uphill again! You’ll eventually pass the tree line, and the entire landscape becomes bare and rocky and resembles a desert.

Today you’ll be surrounded by all the Himilayan giants: Ama Dablam, Nuptse, and Cholatse, with unspoiled views of Mount Everest.

Throughout the day you’ll hear the sounds of helicopters making emergency rescues as trekkers begin struggling with the higher altitude and need to be taken back down to Namche Bazaar from Everest Base Camp. It’s quite scary to see how frequently people require this emergency assistance!

Luckily, the final stretch to Dingboche after lunch isn’t as tough as the section before.

Tip: There’s no cell reception as you get closer to Dingboche so enjoy the next few days going off the grid.

Tip: On day 6 of our Everest Base Camp itinerary, a few trekkers started taking altitude sickness medication as a precautionary measure. I didn’t take Diamox but my guide had in case I needed it. As always, be cautious of the altitude.

Tip: You’ll lose your appetite, but order boiled potatoes to get some food into your stomach.

Today is the last of your acclimatization days so you’ll spend a second night in Dingboche. Again, it’s important to do an acclimatization hike from Dingboche .

Altitude: Dingboche (4 360m) – viewpoint (4 900m) – Dingboche (4 360m).

Hike time: 3 – 5 hours | 3 km.

Difficulty: Short, but steep climb so take it slow and steady.

Overview: Today is a short acclimatization hike to a viewpoint and back.

Highlight: Views of the Chukhung Valley and Island Peak.

I woke up on day 7 of my EBC trek and I was feeling terrible. The Khumbu cough had really set in, I was freezing cold, my nose was constantly running and I was beginning to lose my voice.

When you reach Dingboche, the luxuries of warm water, comfortable beds, and flushing toilets are long gone, and this is when the mental challenge begins. But listen to your body and be honest with your guides about how you’re feeling.

During my time in Dingboche, a porter from a different tour group (who had hiked to EBC many times before) had gotten sick and had to be airlifted back to Lukla. This was a harsh reality of the effects of high altitude climbing and how it can happen to anyone, no matter your experience, fitness level, or age.

Dingboche Acclimatization Hike

Today you’ll go on an acclimatization hike to a viewpoint overlooking the Chukhung Valley. Going to this higher altitude, and then returning to Dingboche will make you feel so much better (as it did for me). So, gear up, pack your day bag, and head outside for a few hours.

The acclimatization hike from Dingboche to the viewpoint is pretty steep and rocky, but you’ll be hiking at a much slower pace than the previous days. All around you, you’re surrounded by towering mountains and peaks, and it’s a sight you won’t easily forget!

Once at the viewpoint, you’ll have the best views of Ama Dablam and Island Peak, as well as the symbolic prayer flags.

I added Island Peak to my Everest Base Camp itinerary (and I HIGHLY recommend you do the same). It’s 4 extra days of trekking after you’ve reached Everest Base Camp, and it was one of the best and most thrilling experiences of my life!

Tip: After returning from your acclimatization hike pop into Cafe Himalaya Bakery to watch their daily Everest movie.

Altitude: Dingboche (4 360m) – Lobuche (4 930m).

Trekking time: 7 hours | 10.7km.

Difficulty: Hard! The section from the bottom of the icefall to the Everest memorial is brutal. It’s steep, and it’s far.

Highlight: The climb to the Everest memorial. It’s painfully steep and I struggled!

Overview: As you leave Dingboche, the first part of your trek is relatively easy. Until you reach Dukla! This is where the trail becomes steep. From there it’s an excruciating 2-hour climb before the path becomes flat again. You’ll walk alongside the Khumbu Glacier, the longest glacier in Nepal.

Tea house: Sherpa Lodge.

I kept a day-to-day journal of my Everest Base Camp trek itinerary, and in it, day 8 is highlighted (in capital letters with several exclamation marks) “ The hardest day EVER! ”

And thinking back to this day, it really was!

The first 3 hours include a gradual incline before crossing to Dukla which will be your lunch stop for the day. Enjoy the break, because you are going to be hating life for the next 2 hours – it’s a killer of a climb. Breathing at an altitude of over 4 500m doesn’t make it any easier!

You’ll pass many trekkers who are making their way back from Everest Base Camp. I was shocked to see the condition most of them were in. Many people were even getting carried down by mules! They looked like they had really taken strain – coughing, no voice, chapped lips, and no energy.

I was hoping and praying that wouldn’t be me in a few days (but unfortunately, it was – except I didn’t need to be carried down!)

Everest Memorial

At the top, you’ll reach the Everest Memorial for climbers who’ve lost their lives in their attempt to reach the summit of Mount Everest. There is a somber mood, and I get goosebumps thinking about all those climbers and their families.

From the memorial, it’s about a 1-hour trek alongside the Khumbu Glacier to Lobuche. This last section is far easier than the previous one. Again, take it slowly!

Tip: At this stage, everyone is feeling the effects of the altitude and the cold. You’re not alone! Just keep pushing through, it’s nearly over! (says me who wanted to turn back countless times) .

Altitude: Lobuche (4 930m) – Gorak Shep (5 160m) – Everest Base Camp (5 360m) – Gorak Shep (5 160m)

Time: 10 hours | 12 km.

Difficulty: Moderate with a steep climb towards Gorak Shep and an easy trail to Everest Base Camp. The difficulty lies in hiking time and the high altitude.

Overview: Today is the day you reach Everest Base Camp! You’ll arrive in Gorak Shep, drop off your bags and have lunch before departing north along the Khumbu Glacier to Everest Base Camp.

Highlight: It should be reaching Everest Base Camp, right?

Tea house: Buddha Lodge

Whilst the previous day’s hike from Dingboche to Lobuche was certainly the toughest and most physical section, getting to Gorak Shep, and then on to EBC and Kala Pattar were the most emotionally and mentally challenging sections of my entire Everest Base Camp trek itinerary.

Your day will start with a moderate hike leading to Gorak Shep from Lobuche. After about an hour into your hike, the path becomes steep with numerous boulders to pass. Whilst it isn’t a strenuous climb, the altitude will affect you and you’ll be walking very slowly.

Gorak Shep and Everest Base Camp

You’ll reach Gorak Shep at lunchtime where you’ll drop off your bags and prepare for the afternoon hike to EBC.

You don’t actually stay at Everest Base Camp. Gorak Shep is your base with the closest tea house to EBC.

After lunch, you’ll trek to Everest Base Camp. The path is made of rocky sections and loose stones. You’ll be exhausted at this point. But the adrenalin rush will keep you going. The excitement to finally reach Everest Base Camp will get you to the end.

Arriving at base camp is surreal. You can see the Khumbu Icefall in the distance, one of the most notorious sections leading up to the Everest summit.

It’s an eerie feeling reaching Everest Base Camp but absolutely gorgeous standing at the foot of the highest mountain in the world.

You’ll then make your way back to Gorak Shep which is where you’ll spend the night.

The reality

The most vivid memory I have of my entire Everest Base Camp trek is sitting in the tea house in Gorak Shep after returning from Base Camp.

The communal area of more than 60 people was quiet. You could only hear the sounds of loud coughing. There were no celebrations by those who had made it to Everest Base Camp and the atmosphere was not jovial.

Everyone was feeling sick and looking worse for wear. People were being helivaced from Gorak Shep to Lukla, others were on oxygen. You could see trekkers struggling to take a bite of their food.

I was so emotional because I was just so incredibly exhausted. You could sense that everyone was at their breaking point and had been pushed to their limits. Including me.

Tip: Don’t rush! Remember that you’re breathing in air with 50% oxygen. Many trekkers get excited as they’re so close to Everest Base Camp, but you still need to be careful. From what I saw, several people got sick and had to be put on oxygen AFTER they’d successfully reached EBC, perhaps this is because they’d taken it too fast.

Altitude: Gorak Shep (5 160m) – Kala Patar (5 643m) – Pheriche (4 370m).

Trekking time: 7 hours | 13 km.

Difficulty: This day is difficult, only because of Kala Patthar! The rest is easy as you’ll be going down the mountain to a lower altitude.

Highlight: Everything about the trek up to Kala Patthar. The 5 am wake-up call, the ice-cold temperatures, the steep trail, the incredible view!

Overview: The day starts with an early morning trek to Kala Patthar for the best views of Mount Everest. After returning to Gorak Shep, you’ll head back down to Pheriche.

You can’t actually see Mount Everest from Everest Base Camp or Gorak Shep as Lhotse sits in front of it and blocks the view.

This is why people trek to Kala Patthar, which is a nearby viewpoint next to Gorak Shep.

Be prepared for a long and tiring day! Just when you thought it couldn’t get any tougher, day 10 of your Everest Base Camp trek will really push you to your limits.

Sitting at 5 643m, Kala Patthar is a small, rocky peak with a rewarding view of Mount Everest, Changtse, Lhotse, and Nuptse.

Your morning starts with a 5 am wake-up call as you prepare to hike to Kala Patthar. Some trekkers choose to skip this part of the itinerary because they’re too sick and just do not have the energy to make it to the top.

The main goal is Everest Base Camp, right? You’ve made it!

You don’t have to climb Kala Patthar. Listen to your body and if you’re not feeling well, don’t do it! I was incredibly slow, fatigued, and sluggish and only got about ¾ of the way to the top before our guide advised that we turn back.

If we didn’t, we’d fall behind on the day’s schedule.

After climbing Kalla Patthar, we arrived back at our tea house at Gorak Shep at about 9 am, had a quick breakfast then began our long trek past Lobuche and on to Pheriche.

My day hadn’t got off to a good start and I was feeling very weak hiking Kala Patthar, but as soon as we began our downhill climb, I regained my strength and felt like a different person!

Tip: If you’re feeling sick at Gorak Shep, make sure you monitor this but the moment you go to a lower altitude, you will feel stronger.

Tip: If you’re continuing to Island Peak, you can check out my Island Peak guide. To sum it up, from Gorak Shep, you’ll go to Dingboche ( and not Pheriche as this route goes) . After spending the night in Dingboche, you’ll go in a different direction to Chukhung and Island Peak Base Camp.

Altitude: Pheriche (4 280m) to Namche Bazaar (3 440m).

Trekking time: 14km | 8 hours.

Difficulty: Easy but a long day of hiking.

This day (and the next) are particularly long and you’ll want to get off the mountain ASAP!

You’ll be running down from Pheriche to Namche Bazaar as it’s so much easier to breathe as the elevation decreases. You’ll also be craving a hot shower, clean clothes, a proper meal, and a warm bed.

Soon, you’ll hit the tree line once again, cross over suspension bridges, and pass scores of mules.

After every corner, you’ll think you’ve reached Namche Bazaar, but it’s further than you expect, and the trail seems to go on forever. On your way down you still have sections where you climb up and down (yes, more climbing), but there’s no altitude gain so who’s complaining!

You’ll pass Tengboche, which is home to the largest monastery in the Khumbu region and the village where most trekkers stop on their way up the mountain (But we chose a different route on this Everest Base Camp trek itinerary).

Altitude: Namche Bazaar (3 440m) – Lukla (2 860m).

Trekking time: 18 km | 8 hours.

Difficulty: Same as yesterday! A long day of hiking.

You’ve made it to the last day of your Everest Base Camp trek itinerary! Today you’ll retrace your steps from Day 1 and 2 (except this time you’ll cover the same distance in 1 day, and not 2!)

You’ll also see other trekkers ascending to EBC looking bright-eyed and bushy-tailed. If only they knew what was in store for them over the next few days! You’ll smile at them, and offer words of encouragement, but deep inside, you’ll just thanking your lucky stars that it’s them going up, and not you!

Enjoy your last lunch on the mountains in the village of Phakding before taking on the last section to Lukla. Spend the night in Lukla where you’ll celebrate with a delicious meal and a few cold beers!

Last day of your Everest Base Camp itinerary: Lukla to Kathmandu

On the last day, you’ll be ready to say goodbye to the mountains! Once again your flight isn’t guaranteed to leave on schedule so one last bit of patience is required.

After I landed in Kathmandu, I went straight to my hotel, had the best hot shower EVER, ordered takeaways, hopped into bed, and didn’t leave my room for 24 hours! Those 24 hours of doing nothing were absolutely incredible!

Pictures speak a thousand words! After going through my EBC trek itinerary, check out my photo diary with includes all the highlights of my trek to Everest Base Camp.

Is Everest Base Camp trek worth it

Absolutely – But it’s not easy! From the terrifying flight into Lukla to the long trekking days, freezing cold tea houses, weeks with no showers, dealing with altitude sickness, and all the aches and pains that come along with it – It’s brutal.

But the experience is incredible and you’ll gain memories that will last a lifetime!

Should you plan your Everest Base Camp Itinerary with a tour or not

This one’s debatable!

In 2014 I summited the highest mountain in Africa, Mount Kilimanjaro . For this trek, you have to book a tour through an organized trekking company. I thought the same would apply to Everest Base Camp and wrongly assumed that attempting to conquer EBC independently was only for broke backpackers or highly experienced hikers.

I was wrong! You can definitely navigate the Everest region without a guide and many people do so.

However, I don’t regret booking through a trekking company, Mountain Monarch . Here’s why.

Why I booked my EBC trek with a tour group

Firstly, I added Island Peak to my Everest Base Camp itinerary. For this extra section of the trek, a guide is required. Whilst Everest Base Camp requires no technical climbing, Island Peak does and it’s intense.

If you’re up for the challenge, I highly recommend you add Island Peak to your Everest Base Camp tour. You can read about my climb to Island Peak here!

Secondly, I had previous experience with high altitude climbing and if it wasn’t for my skilled guide, I wouldn’t have made it to the summit of Mount Kilimanjaro. As with Kili, getting to Everest Base Camp is tough and reality is that it can be fatal. You need to pace yourself. Many people are put on oxygen and need assistance and those who trek independently don’t have immediate access to these emergency services.

And lastly, the fellow trekkers that I met on my Everest Base Camp tour were the best teammates anyone could ask for. I loved the support, the humor, the motivation, and having a small group of people who were there for me through thick and thin. As you get to the end of your Everest Base Camp trek, you’re going to need all the support you can get.

Final thoughts on how to plan a trek to Everest Base Camp

Trekking to Everest Base Camp is tough. Looking back, there are so many moments where I was thinking “ Why the F$%# did I sign up for this ” and “ With this money, I could’ve spent an extra 3 months backpacking instead of putting myself through this torture “.

But, challenging myself, my mind, my body – and crushing my goal and STILL going on to summit Island Peak – man, you cannot beat that feeling!

Are you planning a trip to Everest Base Camp? Looking for more information on how to get from Lukla to Everest Base Camp? Drop me a question in the comments section below!

Psst… Looking for epic adventures to add to your bucket list? Check out my other posts!

• Complete Guide To Island Peak Climbing in Nepal
• The Perfect Everest Base Camp Packing List
• 10 Things You Need To Know For Your Kilimanjaro Trek
• Everest Base Camp Trek Difficulty: 11 Key Things You Need To Know
• Everest Base Camp Trek with Island Peak Climbing: My Highlights and Photo Diary

Hi, I'm Carryn. I’m an adventure travel blogger trying to figure out my way through life by traveling and exploring. Join me as I share my travel guides and tips for life abroad. Find out more about me here .

Backpacking Indonesia: 26 Things I Wish I Knew

Everest base camp trek difficulty: 12 key things you need to know, 24 thoughts on “the ultimate everest base camp trek itinerary: how to get from lukla to everest base camp”.

Wow! Sounds like such an adventure. I loved reading your in depth post about your Everest base camp itinerary. It sounds like there is so much that goes into preparing but definitely sounds like you had the adventure of a lifetime.

Thanks Ann. It sure was an adventure I’ll never forget!

Ok, this post was epic – so much information I have to save it. Thanks for sharing!

Thanks Laura! Glad you found it helpful.

this is absolutely breathtaking! i honestly don’t know if I would ever be prepared to do this myself, but your day by day break down was really helpful!

Thanks Claire! Looking back at the photos I’m still in shock that I managed to get to Everest Base Camp!

Amazing. What a trek and journey for your mind, body and soul!

It was indeed!

This is epic! Im going in April and I’m so excited. Ive done Annapurna base Camp and loved it so I’m sure ill love this too!

Hi Emma, Good luck for your trek! I’d love to hear how EBC compares to Annapurna.

So interesting to read about your experience! I’m going to Nepal soon to do the Annapurna base camp and mardi Himal. They have a lower altitude but I’m still a bit nervous because of the altitude sickness 🙆🏼‍♀️

Hi Nina, I’m sure you’ll love it. Just take your time and don’t be afraid to walk super slow (like I did)!

WoW! This sounds like one amazing trip and one I’m sure that you will never forget! Really inspiring

Thanks Lori. EBC tops my bucket list so now I’m looking for the next adventure to conquer!

Wow! This sounded so intense! What an experience to say that you’ve done it.

It was tough, but everyone goes through a different experience. I thought about turning back so many times, but I’m so glad I stayed strong and kept going!

Wow! What an incredible experience, I don’t know if I’m ready for it but you definitely gave me some things to think about, thanks for sharing!!

Thanks Meghan!

Amazing!!! Wonderful recap! EBC isn’t easy! That was my first dance with altitude! Need to get back to do Island Peak!!!

Hey Bridget, Island Peak is incredible and I’m so glad I added it to my Everest Base Camp itinerary. Congrats on making it to base camp!

BADASS! I love that you mentioned a longer itinerary to acclimatize (is that the right word? lol) naturally and a way to get off the beaten path for this popular trek! I hope to make the Everest Base Camp Trek in the coming years and this is definitely a guide I will come back to help plan (: AND CONGRATS on killing it on this hike! So epic!

Hay Aaren, thanks for the kind message! I’m so stoked that I made it to base camp. And you can to! If you ever decided to trek to EBC, let me know!

Congrats on choosing the High Scenic Trail via Mong La and Phortse instead of the crowded Tengpoche route 95% of trekkers use. The best kept secret in Khumbu is finally leaking out!

About helicopter traffic: Google [helicopter rescue scam Nepal] and be educated. Multimillion dollar business now, thousands of EBC trips destroyed every year with this insurance fraud.

Hi Petrus, Agree – the less crowded route is far better!

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

Trek To The Clouds

Everest Base Camp Trek For Beginners: 11 Tips, Tricks, and Must-Knows 

Embark on your trekking adventure with confidence by following our Everest Base Camp Trek For Beginners Guide. From preparation tips to essential gear, this guide covers it all for a successful and memorable trip.

The trek to Everest Base Camp is one of the most popular and iconic adventures in the world. Located in the heart of the Himalayas, this trek offers breathtaking views of the tallest mountain range in the world and is a must-visit destination for adventure lovers. But with its high altitude, challenging terrain, and remote location, it can also be intimidating for first-time trekkers.

Table of Contents

Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary

• Day 1: Arrival Day
• Day 2: Flight From Kathmandu To Lukla And Hike Toward Phakding
• Day 3: Phakding To Namche Bazaar
• Day 4: Namche Bazaar, Acclimatization Day
• Day 5: Namche Bazaar To Tengboche
• Day 6: Tengboche To Dingboche
• Day 7: Dingboche, Acclimatisation Day
• Day 8: Dingboche To Lobuche
• Day 9: Lobuche To Gorakshep & Everest Base Camp, E.B.C To Gorakshep
• Day 10: Gorakshep To Kalapathar & Back To Pheriche Via E.B.C
• Day 11: Pheriche To Namche Bazaar
• Day 12: Namche Bazaar To Lukla
• Day 13: Morning Flight Lukla To Kathmandu
• Day 14: Departure Day

Book Everest Base Camp Trek here.

Trip Facts:

In this guide, you will learn everything you need to know about the Everest Base Camp Trek for beginners , from preparing for the trek to what to expect when you reach base camp. Let’s get started!

Why choose Everest Base Camp Trek for beginners?

The Everest Base Camp Trek has to be one of the most awe-inspiring treks in the world. Not only will you have the chance to see Mount Everest (8848.86m) up close, but you will also get to explore some of the most stunning scenery on Earth. The trek passes through lush valleys, vibrant forests, and meandering rivers, as well as some of the most iconic mountain views. The trek is also popular among religious pilgrims, as the trek will take you to the base of Mount Everest, one of the holiest sites in Buddhism and Hinduism.

The Everest Base Camp Trek for beginners can be a great opportunity for adventure, as one will be trekking through remote mountain villages and unexplored terrain. This is a great way to meet local people and get a glimpse into traditional Himalayan Sherpa culture and lifestyles. Along the way, you will also get to experience some of the best sunsets and sunrises you will ever see! 

Best time to undertake the Everest Base Camp Trek

The Everest Base Camp Trek can be done all year round but the best times to trek EBC are in the months of October-November and March-April . During these times, the weather is usually mild and there are fewer chances of rain or snow. The trails are also less crowded and the mountain views are more spectacular. It can also be a great experience to do the trek in the winter months ( December-February ). Although the temperatures can be cold and the trails are more icy, the mountain views are even more special and the scenery is breathtakingly beautiful.

What will the weather be like?

The weather conditions on the Everest Base Camp trek can vary greatly, depending on the time of year you are trekking. From March-May the days are generally sunny with temperatures ranging from 15°C-22°C . While from October-December the days can be colder and sunnier with temperatures ranging from 10°C-15°C . At higher altitudes, the temperatures can drop significantly and can even reach below zero. Many trekkers usually carry thermals, down jackets, and warm hats during the trek. 

Essential equipment and gear for the trek

Packing the right gear is essential for a successful and comfortable Everest Base Camp trek. Investing in good-quality, lightweight gear will make a world of difference during the journey. Start with a sturdy pair of hiking boots that provide ankle support and have a good grip. Layering is key when it comes to clothing, as the weather in the Himalayas can be unpredictable.

Pack moisture-wicking base layers, insulating mid-layers, and a waterproof and windproof outer layer. Don’t forget to bring a warm hat, gloves, sunglasses, and a high-quality sleeping bag that can withstand low temperatures. Other essentials include a backpack, headlamp, water bottles, trekking poles, and a first aid kit. It’s important to strike a balance between being prepared and not overpacking, as you’ll have to carry all your gear throughout the trek.

This depends on the season and the duration of the trek you are doing. In general, you will need good-quality trekking boots, rain gear, warm clothing, a sleeping bag, and a sleeping pad. If you are trekking in the winter, then you will also need items such as gloves, hats, and thermal layers.

Additionally, it is recommended to carry a day pack and a water bottle, as well as some basic medical supplies such as paracetamols, antiseptics, antifungal cream, and insect bite cream. Also, read the packing list for the trek.

What are the permit requirements?

For the Everest Base Camp Trek, you will need a TIMS Card, a trekking permit, and a Sagarmatha National Park Permit. Trekking permits can be obtained from the Trekkers Information Management System ( TIMS ) in Kathmandu or from the Nepal Tourism Board. The Sagarmatha National Park Permit can be obtained from the Department of National Parks and Wildlife Conservation in Kathmandu. 

What are the daily stages of the trek?

The Everest Base Camp Trek is usually done over a 14-day period and the daily stages of the trek are as follows:

• Day 1 – Kathmandu to Lukla/Phakding
• Day 2 – Phakding to Namche Bazaar
• Day 3 – Acclimatisation/Rest Day in Namche Bazaar
• Day 4 – Namche Bazaar to Tengboche Monastery
• Day 5 – Tengboche Monastery to Dingboche
• Day 6 – Dingboche to Lobuche
• Day 7 – Lobuche to Gorak Shep
• Day 8 – Gorak Shep to Everest Base Camp and back to Gorak Shep
• Day 9 – Gorak Shep to Kala Patthar and back to Pheriche
• Day 10 – Pheriche to Namche Bazaar
• Day 11 – Namche Bazaar to Lukla Day 12 – Lukla to Kathmandu 

Accommodation and food on the Everest Base Camp Trek

During the Everest Base Camp trek, you’ll have the opportunity to stay in teahouses, which are basic lodges that provide accommodation and meals. These teahouses are scattered along the trekking route and offer a warm and comfortable place to rest and refuel. While the teahouses are basic, they provide all the essentials you’ll need, including a bed, blankets, and meals.

The food options at teahouses are typically simple but hearty, with a focus on carbohydrates to fuel your trek. You’ll find a variety of dishes, including local Nepali cuisine, as well as international options. It’s important to stay hydrated and eat nutritious meals to maintain your energy levels throughout the trek. Keep in mind that the availability of amenities and food options may vary depending on the season and the teahouse’s location.

Food on the Everest Base Camp trek is hearty and what you would expect from a mountain trek. The traditional foods include dal bhat, chow mein, soup, momos, and some Western dishes. The food choices are usually limited and you should expect to eat the same meals most days. It is recommended to carry some snacks such as energy bars, nuts, and fruits to keep you going during the trek.

Budgeting and cost considerations

Budgeting for the Everest Base Camp trek is an essential aspect of planning your journey. The cost of the trek can vary depending on various factors, including the duration of your trek, the type of accommodation you choose, and whether you trek independently or with a guide. On average, the cost of the Everest Base Camp trek ranges from $1,000 to $2,000 per person. This includes permits, accommodation, meals, guide and porter fees, and transportation to and from the trek starting point. Keep in mind that additional expenses, such as gear rental, snacks, and souvenirs, should also be considered. It’s important to allocate a realistic budget and plan accordingly to ensure a smooth and enjoyable trekking experience. Research different trekking agencies, compare prices, and read reviews to make an informed decision.

Hiring a guide or going solo on the trek

Deciding whether to hire a guide or go solo on the Everest Base Camp trek is a personal choice that depends on your experience, fitness level, and comfort in navigating unfamiliar terrain. Hiring a guide has several advantages, especially for beginners. A guide will provide valuable information about the trek, ensure your safety, and navigate the route. They will also handle logistical aspects, such as permits and accommodation bookings, allowing you to focus on enjoying the trek. Additionally, a guide can provide insights into the local culture, history, and environment, enhancing your overall experience.

However, if you have previous trekking experience, are confident in your navigation skills, and prefer the flexibility of trekking independently, it’s possible to go solo on the Everest Base Camp trek. Regardless of your choice, it’s important to be well-prepared, have a detailed itinerary, and make safety a priority.

Physical Preparation for Everest Base Camp Trek

For beginners, The Everest Base Camp Trek can be a strenuous trek and it is important to be reasonably fit. The trek can take up to 12-14 days and involves walking for several hours each day on rough and steep terrain, often at high altitudes. To have a successful and enjoyable trek, it is recommended to have a good level of cardiovascular fitness, as well as strong legs, as you will be walking uphill and downhill for several hours a day.

While the Everest Base Camp trek is challenging, it is still achievable for beginners with proper physical preparation. Building endurance and strength is key to enjoying the trek and avoiding injuries. Start by incorporating cardiovascular exercises into your routine, such as running, cycling, or swimming, to improve your overall fitness level. It’s also important to focus on strengthening your leg muscles, as they will bear the brunt of the trek. Squats, lunges, and calf raises are great exercises to include in your training regimen.

Additionally, try to incorporate hiking or stair climbing into your routine to simulate the conditions you’ll encounter during the trek. Gradually increase the duration and intensity of your workouts to ensure you’re adequately prepared for the physical demands of the Everest Base Camp trek.

Here are some steps you can take to prepare yourself physically for the Everest Base Camp Trek for beginners:

• Aerobic exercise : Incorporate activities such as running, cycling, or swimming into your exercise routine to improve your cardiovascular fitness.
• Resistance training : Focus on exercises that target your legs, such as squats, lunges, and calf raises, to strengthen the muscles you will use while trekking.
• Hiking : Start doing regular hikes or walks, gradually increasing the distance and difficulty as you build up your fitness.
• Altitude training : If possible, try to spend time at a high altitude to acclimatize and get used to the reduced oxygen levels.

Remember, it’s important to listen to your body and not push yourself too hard. Gradual and consistent preparation is key to successfully trekking to Everest .

Training and fitness tips for beginners

In addition to physical preparation, it’s important to train your body for the altitude and challenging terrain you’ll encounter during the Everest Base Camp trek. Gradually increase your training intensity and duration to improve your cardiovascular fitness. Incorporate hill or stair training into your routine to simulate the uphill and downhill sections of the trek.

Practice hiking with your backpack to get used to carrying the weight. It’s also a good idea to include yoga or stretching exercises in your training regimen to improve flexibility and prevent muscle soreness. Remember to listen to your body and take rest days when needed. Building a solid foundation of fitness and endurance will greatly enhance your trekking experience and help you enjoy the journey to the fullest.

Acclimatization and altitude sickness prevention

Altitude sickness can be a major concern for trekkers, especially those who are not used to high altitudes. To minimize the risk, it’s important to take the time to acclimatize properly. Here are some tips to help you acclimatize:

• Take it slow : Try to avoid overexertion and give your body enough time to adjust to the new environment.
• Drink plenty of water : Staying hydrated is crucial to help your body acclimatize.
• Take it easy on the first few days : Take shorter walks and spend extra time resting to help your body adjust.
• Use Diamox : Diamox is a medication that can help reduce the symptoms of altitude sickness.

Safety measures and precautions during the trek

Safety should always be a top priority during the Everest Base Camp trek. It’s important to be aware of the risks associated with high-altitude trekking and take necessary precautions to mitigate them. First and foremost, make sure you have travel insurance that covers high-altitude trekking and medical evacuation. It’s also advisable to trek with a reputable and experienced guide or join a guided group, especially if you’re a beginner. They will have a wealth of knowledge about the region, ensure your safety, and provide support throughout the trek.

Always follow the instructions of your guide and pay attention to weather conditions and potential hazards. It’s also important to stay hydrated, wear sunscreen and protective clothing, and avoid alcohol and smoking during the trek. Taking these safety measures will help ensure a safe and enjoyable Everest Base Camp trek.

Other important tips, tricks, and must-knows for beginners

Here are some additional tips, tricks, and must-knows to make your Everest Base Camp trek a success:

• Stay hydrated by drinking plenty of water throughout the trek.
• Carry snacks and energy bars to refuel during the trek.
• Dress in layers to adapt to changing weather conditions.
• Pack a good-quality sunscreen and lip balm with high SPF.
• Use trekking poles to reduce strain on your knees and improve stability.
• Take breaks and rest when needed to avoid overexertion.
• Respect the local culture and customs. Learn a few basic Nepali phrases to communicate with locals.
• Bring a camera or smartphone to capture stunning landscapes and memories.
• Stay positive and enjoy the journey. Embrace the challenges and rewards that come with trekking to EBC.

Conclusion 

The trek to Everest Base Camp is a once-in-a-lifetime adventure that offers a unique and unforgettable experience. With proper preparation and planning, you can ensure a successful and enjoyable trek to the roof of the world. Remember to listen to your body and not push yourself too hard, and most importantly, have fun!

We hope this guide has been helpful in preparing you for your trek to Everest Base Camp. Good luck, and happy trekking!!

A  CoreTreks , we offer you unique trekking trips designed by experts to meet your travel interest and needs. For more information, send us an inquiry at [email protected] call us or WhatsApp us at 9851179975  now!

© Image Credit: The official photo-sharing platform of the Nepal Tourism Board

You may also like...

Top 10 famous foods you must try on your trip to Nepal

Discover the Top 5 Trekking Destinations in June Nepal

How many days is the Manaslu trek?

Helicopter Tour in Nepal: Unforgettable Aerial Adventures

How to trek to Everest Base Camp

Jun 20, 2023 • 10 min read

From permits to teahouses, here's everything you need to know about trekking to Everest Base Camp © Mint Images / Getty Images

Top of many people's travel bucket lists, the trek to Everest Base Camp is often the first thing people think about when they start dreaming of a trip to Nepal . 

The walk takes trekkers past Sherpa villages and Tibetan-style monasteries, right up into the heart of the high Himalaya, into a breathtaking world (literally) of iconic glaciers, lakes and the tallest peaks on earth. It's probably the world's most famous trek.

But what is it actually like to trek to Base Camp? Is it something within your capabilities or budget? What should you bring? And, most importantly, can you get a proper coffee en route? 

I just returned from trekking to Everest Base Camp for Lonely Planet's Nepal guide . Here’s what I think you need to know.

What's so great about the Everest Base Camp (EBC) trek anyway?

Firstly, the mountain scenery surrounding the world's highest peak is truly spectacular. The sublime views of Ama Dablam, Pumori, Nuptse and Thamserku peaks are unbeatable and constantly change as you progress along the walk. The Sherpa villages and monasteries are fascinating places to visit and the lodges (called teahouses) are the best in the world. 

The knowledge that you are walking in the expedition footsteps of Hillary, Tenzing, Messner and others is a thrill. Anyone who has read Into Thin Air will be moved by the memorial stupas of Rob Hall, Scott Fischer and others who have lost their lives on the mountain. And then there's the fact that you will have reached the base of the world's highest peak; whether you call it Chomolongma (Tibetan), Sagarmatha (Nepali) or Everest, it’s a rush all the same.

And what’s not so great about the Everest Base Camp trek?

Well, if you force us to play devil's advocate… EBC is one of the busiest trails in Nepal. In the high season months of October and November you'll be walking with thousands of other trekkers, competing with them to get a bed, a lunch order or an airplane seat. There will be lines at checkpoints and even at moments on the trail itself. In bad weather you might be stranded at Lukla airport with hundreds of other trekkers, all trying to get on the first flight out. It's not quite the Zen-like wilderness experience you may have been imagining.

Bear in mind also that even after a solid week of walking, your view of Everest will be partial at best (for infinitely more dramatic Everest views visit the northern Everest Base Camp in Tibet ). If you trek outside of May's expedition weather window you won’t actually find much to see at Base Camp beyond a boulder hastily spray-painted with "Everest Base Camp".

If this has put you off, don’t worry; there are dozens of other fantastic treks in Nepal .

How long does it take to trek to Everest Base Camp?

The walk from the airport at Lukla to Everest Base Camp and back takes a minimum of 15 days. Several of the days are surprisingly short, but this is because you have to figure in time to acclimatize to the high altitudes.

If you can, it's definitely worth adding on a couple of extra days to this basic itinerary. Some of the most dramatic (and least visited) views are from detours off the main trail. I always add two days to visit Thame, two days to visit Chhukung and, if possible, three or four days to visit the lakes of the Gokyo Valley – probably the most beautiful scenery in the Everest region.

Be sure to also budget an extra day or two as a transport buffer. Weather-related flight delays in and out of Lukla are not uncommon (I had to wait six days for a flight to Lukla on my recent trip) so you need some buffer time if heading back for an international flight home.

How challenging is the trek to EBC?

In terms of physical effort, the EBC trek itself is not especially tough. There are only a couple of steep climbs, lasting about an hour each, and most days involve less than four hours of walking.

The thing that makes the EBC trek tough is the altitude. Base Camp is at 5600m (18,373ft) and you will need to spend one or two nights above 5000m (16,404ft). Above 4000m (13,123ft) you are going to feel increasingly lethargic and out of breath as the amount of oxygen in the air decreases. Combine this with the cold, the discomfort of being at altitude and the compounded tiredness from walking for two weeks straight, and you can see why the whole trek experience is definitely a physical challenge.

While you don't need to be an athlete to walk to EBC it is still a good idea to start a fitness regime in the weeks leading up to your trek. You'll enjoy the walk so much more if you are in decent shape.

When is the best time to trek to Everest Base Camp?

October and November bring the best weather and the clearest skies but these are also the most popular months. The second most popular season is April to early May, when spring blooms and expedition traffic bring extra interest to the trail. To avoid the crowds but still enjoy clear views, pack an extra thermal layer and come in December or March.

What can I do to avoid altitude sickness?

The majority of people who fail to reach Base Camp do so because they failed to acclimatize properly to the altitude. It's essential not to gain altitude too quickly by following the recommended overnight stops and limiting your daily altitude gain to a maximum of 400m (1312ft) when above 3000m (9843ft).

Be sure to add in acclimatization days at both Namche Bazaar and Dingboche, during which it's a good idea to hike to higher altitudes during the day, returning to sleep lower at night.

What are the teahouses like?

At lower altitudes the Everest lodges are the most comfortable in Nepal. Private rooms are the norm, many of which have private bathrooms. Showers are available at most places, though the hot water supply can be patchy. All have cozy dining rooms with tables arranged around a central dung-fueled stove. There are even a few luxury lodges along the trail.

In budget lodges, or when you get above Dingboche, things get simpler, with rooms offering little more than a collection of plywood walls, a solar light and a foam mattress. Toilets are a mixture of seats and squatters; sometimes outdoors, always freezing. A blanket is normally supplied but be sure to bring a four-season sleeping bag rated to well below 0°C (32°F).

What's the food like?

Menus in teahouses range from pasta and pizza to spring rolls, fried potatoes and soups, though the most popular meal is a daal bhaat , a set Nepali meal of rice, lentil soup and fried vegetables, normally served with a papad and pickle, and with a refill included. It's the most filling and environmentally sustainable meal you can order.

In villages such as Namche Bazaar and Dingboche you will also find bakery-cafes serving espresso and slices of delicious apple pie, plus shops selling everything from Snickers bars to bottles of beer. This is one trek where you might actually gain weight!

Can I get wi-fi or phone coverage?

Most lodges offer wi-fi, either free of charge or for a few dollars per day (at higher elevations). Above Namche Bazaar you will likely have to buy a scratch card, giving you unlimited data for twelve hours (AirCell) or a specific amount of data over a month (Everestlink). Depending on your network provider you'll likely get data and a phone signal at lower elevations, and possibly even at Everest Base Camp, but not at other high altitudes. So yes, in theory, you can Skype all your friends from Base Camp!

What should I bring?

Warm clothes are a must, and you should pack thermal underwear, a down jacket and fleece hat. Comfortable hiking boots and good, padded socks are also essential. Sun block, a sun hat with a brim and good sunglasses are important against the strong high-altitude light. 

Morale-boosting snacks like chocolate and salami are always helpful, as is a book and smartphone with mapping software like Maps.me. Bring water purification of some sort. If you forget something, don’t worry, you can buy almost anything you might want in Namche Bazaar these days (from ice axes to cans of Pringles), though at prices higher than in Kathmandu .

Do I need a porter and guide?

In terms of finding your way you don't need a guide if you are an experienced walker, as the route is clearly marked and well-trod. A guide can be useful for smoothing your way at teahouses, making sure you get your food on time and helping you pay your bill. It's important not to trek alone, so solo trekkers should find a companion or take a guide or porter.

A porter will carry a bag of around 15kg, freeing you up to pack a few extra chocolate bars and enjoy the walk with little more than a day pack. Not having the strain of carrying a full pack is worth its weight in gold for anyone over the age of 50. Trust me.

How much does the Everest Base Camp trek cost?

For a room in a lodge and three meals a day, figure on US$20–25 per person per day, a bit more if you want a room with a private bathroom and the occasional slice of apple pie. Add on another US$5 every time you want a shower. Figure on an additional US$20 per day for a porter, and US$25–30 for a guide, and budget 10–15% of that fee for an end-of-trip tip.

You'll pay a bit more to have a Kathmandu-based trekking company arrange your entire trek, and a lot more for the convenience and backup of an international trekking tour.

Do I need any permits?

You will need to buy an Everest region permit (US$20) at Lukla, as well as a Sagarmatha National Park entry ticket (US$30) at Monjo. Currently that's all you need.

How can I trek more sustainably?

With 60,000 trekkers and guides headed to the Everest region, it’s important to minimize your impact on the region. Firstly, don't buy bottled water on the trek, as the bottles are nonrecyclable and are a huge problem throughout the region. Bring a system of water purification, like a Lifestraw or Sawyer filter, a Steripen or chemical purification.

Secondly, carry all your trash out (especially batteries), and sign up for the Carry Me Back program, whereby you carry a 1kg bag of trash from Namche Bazaar to Lukla, for it to be recycled in Kathmandu.

Finally, be polite to the Sherpas and porters you meet en route, as well as your fellow trekkers. Walk clockwise around stupas and be respectful at monasteries and shrines.

How do I get to Lukla to start the trek?

Flights run multiple times daily between Kathmandu and Lukla, taking around 30 minutes. During high season however you may have to drive five hours from Kathmandu to Ramechhap airport to catch your Lukla flight there.

It's also possible to fly or drive to Phaplu and walk two days to Lukla from there, or walk from Shivalaya to Lukla in seven days as an excellent pre-trek warm-up.

This article was first published Jan 14, 2013 and updated Jun 20, 2023.

Explore related stories

Mar 14, 2023 • 4 min read

To reduce accidents and promote jobs, Nepalese authorities recently announced a ban on solo trekking in national parks and conservation areas.

Jul 13, 2022 • 8 min read

Jan 31, 2022 • 6 min read

Sep 14, 2021 • 11 min read

Jan 28, 2021 • 5 min read

Jan 12, 2021 • 7 min read

Dec 10, 2020 • 6 min read

Jan 7, 2020 • 6 min read

Oct 10, 2019 • 9 min read

Jun 27, 2019 • 5 min read

• Tips & Tricks
• Tales from the Trails

The Ultimate Insider’s Guide to Trekking Everest Base Camp

CAMPING TIPS & TRICKS , Hiking / Camping / Tour Companies , TRAVEL

At 8,848 meters, 29,029 feet above sea level, Mt. Everest is the tallest mountain in the world, towering over the surrounding peaks in the Himalayas mountain range on the border between Nepal and Tibet.

Even if you’re not a diehard mountaineer, you can still explore this beautiful region of Nepal with a trek to Everest base camp (EBC).

Not only will you get lifelong bragging rights for completing the trek to base camp, but it’s also a beautiful trek in its own right. Amazing vista can be seen passing through the Sagarmatha National Park and the awe-inspiring Himalayas .

Although the trek takes about two weeks, it’s surprisingly accessible and has been completed by many first-time trekkers.

Everest Base Camp: A Brief Overview

Since the first successful summit in 1953 by Sir Edmund Hillary and Sherpa Tenzing Norgay, the imposing peak has attracted decades of adrenaline-seekers wishing to add their name to the list of successful summiteers. A good portion of these climbers never returned .

Despite the intimidating statistics, the sister trek through the picturesque Khumbu Valley to the base camp used by professional mountaineers is an attainable goal for many people.

Located at an altitude of 5,361 meters, 17,590 feet above sea level, you don’t need fancy equipment or mountaineering skills to reach EBC. Certainly, it takes just a positive attitude and a reasonable level of fitness.

There’s a sense of camaraderie and a tangible buzz in the air as the adrenaline of the would-be Everest summiteers infects everybody around them.

The scenery at these altitudes is breathtaking and varied, ranging from rhododendrons and pine fields to rivers; suspension bridges strung with prayer flags; glaciers, lakes, valleys, high mountain passes, and finally, the spectacular Himalayan mountain peaks!

The Sagarmatha National Park is home to rare animal species such as snow leopards and red pandas – though it’s very unlikely you’ll encounter them. You’ll frequently have to step aside (to the uphill side!) as you encounter yaks on the trail.

Whether you choose to follow the traditional EBC route or one of the alternative trails, it’s guaranteed to be an experience you’ll never forget.

In contrast to most multi-day treks where you’d be camping in a tent, trekkers to base camp stay in cozy tea houses. You can find several available in a range of budgets, which function as both hotels and restaurants.

The trek is dotted with Buddhist monasteries and tiny villages almost all the way up. The relaxed pace of the trek allows plenty of time for you to explore the villages and get to know the local Sherpa culture.

Mt. Everest is increasingly covered in garbage left behind by the hordes of people who have set out to conquer its lofty heights. When you go, please respect the environment and do your best to minimize waste.

The most popular time of year to do the Everest base camp trek is between February and May – the pre-monsoon season.

During these spring months, the weather is typically warm and dry and the mountains will be ablaze with colorful rhododendrons.

This is also peak season and while you’re unlikely to have the trails to yourself, you’ll enjoy a buzzing atmosphere at the tea houses on the way. This is also when most Everest climbers make their summit attempts.

The summer months bring the monsoon rains, resulting in slippery trails and a heightened risk of landslides. If that doesn’t deter you, the leeches and foggy weather might! It’s not recommended to attempt the trek in the summer.

It can also be difficult to fly into Lukla during the monsoon. Indeed, this is a good time to pick the Jiri trek over the classic EBC trek.

If you want fewer crowds, try going in September or October, the post-monsoon months, when you have the highest chance of clear skies, although temperatures are slightly colder.

You can even do the trek in the winter but be prepared for sub-zero temperatures most days and lots of snow.

Whenever you go, make sure you pack for unpredictable weather in case a snowstorm takes you by surprise.

Trekkers interested in the local culture might want to plan their trip dates around traditional holidays with celebrations in Kathmandu, such as Holi (February/March) or Indra Jatra (September).

Another thing to consider when planning your trip is flight prices, which can vary considerably. Check flights before booking as this might have a huge impact on when you want to go.

Lastly, be aware that it might be harder to find tour operators who provide treks in off-season months. Also, some of the paths might be closed.

Conversely, if you want a stab at actually sleeping in Everest Base Camp, then late spring is your best option. It will be rare to find tour operators who might be able to wrangle this.

Everest Base Camp Packing list

If this is your first multi-day trek, don’t forget to budget for all the equipment you’ll have to take with you.

You can choose between renting or buying your gear. Hikers who plan on doing more multi-day treks might want to invest in their own equipment.

If you’re doing a two-week trek, it makes more sense to rent your sleeping bag and down jacket. For trekkers who plan on trekking for a whole month, it makes more financial sense to buy.

The neighborhood of Thamel in Kathmandu offers plenty of options for buying and renting. However, the products on offer may be of questionable quality.

Further on, Namche Bazaar is a last-resort option if you find you’ve forgotten to pack any essentials. If you keep your receipts, then talk it over with the shop when buying. Some shops will buy your gear back from you, at the end of your trek, for a reduced price.

Almost everything available for sale along the trek has been carried up the mountain, either by yaks or people. This means things get more expensive the higher you go.

Pack strategically. This means bringing the items you can’t live without while avoiding overloading your backpack. Whether you hire a porter or decide to go solo, somebody will be lugging your things up the mountain. Indeed, think twice before including unnecessary items like an extra book or five spare shirts!

Aim to pack around 10kg if you’re carrying everything yourself, and 20-25kg if you’re getting help from a porter. Don’t forget that your water adds extra weight. Try packing your bag with full water bottles, to get a more accurate idea of how much you can bring.

This list is aimed at trekkers who will be sleeping in tea houses every night. Be aware that if you don’t book early enough, the tea houses may be sold out in high season.

If you think you might end up having to camp, Then you’ll need more supplies not covered on this list, such as a winter insulated tent , sleeping pad , etc.

What to Wear

The clothes you pack will depend on which season you’re visiting in. Make sure you have enough clothing to keep warm, especially in the evenings.

Layers are crucial, as temperatures and weather conditions will change drastically between day and night and as you ascend and descend in altitude.

Tea houses often only heat the common areas, and then only in the evenings, so bring warm clothes for lounging around at night.

The higher you get, the less likely you are to have power in your tea house, or only for a few hours as they’re run off solar power.

Base layers: Your base layer should be comfortable and moisture-wicking. Stay away from cotton; go for merino wool or synthetics .

Pack a long-sleeved shirt (avoid short sleeves as you’re more likely to get sunburnt) and long underwear, if only for the cold evenings.

Fleece mid-layer: You’ll probably be putting this on and taking it off with every mountain pass. Indeed, try to find one that will fit easily into your day pack.

Outer layer: Get a down jacket with a good warmth-to-weight ratio, as you’ll be carrying it much of the time.

Waterproof windbreaker and pants.

Hiking pants: Well-insulated trekking pants , or trekking pants that can turn into shorts. 

Waterproof hiking boots. We can’t stress enough how important it is to break your hiking boots in properly before your trek.

Don’t forget to bring a pair of comfortable sneakers or sandals for the evenings and for bathroom runs.

Socks: Woollen hiking socks are worth the investment – bring a few pairs that can handle very cold temperatures for the higher altitudes, and look for flat seams and padded spots to reduce blisters.

Sock liners and Vaseline are two other good ways to prevent blisters . You should also bring a pair of warm socks for base camp.

Gaiters: These will be especially useful during the rainier months.

Gloves : Pack a thin pair of “inner” gloves and a very warm pair of outer gloves. There will be at least one or two days where your fingers will freeze otherwise – for example, the day you summit Kala Patthar.

Scarf/balaclava/buff: The trail to EBC gets infamously dusty, provoking the “ Khumbu cough ” that plagues many hikers. A buff or something similar will keep you warm as well as provide you with a layer to breathe through to minimize the amount of dust in your lungs.

Beanie and sun hat , preferably with neck cover, to protect against the sun .

Underwear and sports bras: You’ll probably be reusing these, so get good-quality, non-cotton ones.

Accessories

Drinking water: Most tour operators provide purified water. Avoid bottled water, as this is expensive on top of being an environmental disaster.

We recommend bringing two big reusable water bottles (or a water bladder for drinking on the go). Tablets take a while to work and it’s nice to have one water bottle ready to drink while the other one is getting purified.

You can also fill a bottle with hot water and sleep with it in your sleeping bag if you’re cold during the night. If you’re purifying your own water, bring water purification tablets , LifeStraw , or a Steri-pen. But remember, these need charging, and charging on the trail costs money.

You may wish to add flavor enhancers to your water. Unfortunately, at Gorak Shep the water is very mineralized so you’ll need to buy bottled water.

Showering: Whether or not you shower is up to you. Expect to pay around $5 for a hot shower. Some people rely on wet or backpacking body wipes , especially since wet hair is no fun in negative temperatures!

Sunglasses: The combination of snow and altitude is brutal on your eyes, so invest in good polarized sunglasses with wraparound arms.

Sleeping bag : The teahouses will provide blankets and pillows but you’ll want your own sleeping bag and pillowcase.

Find a mummy sleeping bag rated to -20° C – or colder, depending on the season. Consider bringing a silk liner , especially if you’re renting your sleeping bag.

Toiletries: Sunscreen , SPF chapstick (this is better than lip balm as there’s no need to smear it on with your grubby fingers), quick-drying towel, tissue, baby wipes, period supplies, compressed toilet paper tablets or biodegradable toilet paper (remove cardboard and keep in ziptop bag), hand sanitizer, toothbrush and toothpaste, etc.

Always bring toilet paper with you. Most bathrooms are squat toilets and are located only in villages.

Tip : wet wipes are more expensive than toilet paper on the trail, so if you have to choose, stock up on wet wipes and buy toilet paper when you run out.

Shewee: Ladies, you’ll be glad not to have to pull your pants down in the freezing high-altitude weather. If you need to pee, then I recommend using a portable pee device, like PeeBuddy Reusable Female Urination Device . You stand and use the portable pee funnel, so you don’t need to squat.

If you get your period on the trail and you’re not comfortable with using the DivaCup, another good option is to keep used pads/tampons in a ziptop bag and dispose of them in the next garbage can.

Personal first-aid kit: Bring diarrhea meds, altitude meds, antibiotics, ibuprofen, paracetamol, aspirin, bandaids, blister plasters, tape/trekker’s wool, Vaseline, cough drops (to beat the Khumbu cough), cold medicine, rehydration salts.

Tour operators should provide the rest. Don’t forget to get your travel vaccines before you go.

TSA approved padlock for your luggage.

Backpack: What you pack your gear in will depend on whether you’re using porters. Most porters prefer you to pack your things in a soft-sided duffel bag. Check with the tour operator in case they provide these for you.

If you have a porter, then you’ll only need a daypack for yourself. If you’re not hiring a porter, then bring a collapsible daypack anyway in addition to your backpack. This is so you can leave your big backpack in the tea house during the one-day acclimatization hikes.

Try to get a backpack with straps for hiking poles and zippers to open it from the sides. Not to mention, you won’t have to dig everything out of your bag whenever you want to access something.

Dry bag or plastic cover for your backpack and daypack to prevent water ingress.

Hiking poles : These are a must! All the treks listed here will take you uphill, downhill, uphill and downhill again. Hiking poles will save your knees, and they’ll come in handy on slippery trails during the wet season.

Headlamp or flashlight : You’ll be glad to have this in the evenings after the power goes out, and during early-morning or late-night hikes. Remember to bring extra batteries.

Trekking map: If you’re going independently, a good trekking guidebook is essential – Lonely Planet is highly recommended.

Ziptop bags: These always come in handy for protecting electronics, etc.

Camera or GoPro with memory card and extra batteries.

Money: There are ATMs at select points such as Lukla and Namche Bazaar. But these have low daily withdrawal limits and high commission fees. What’s more, they have been known to take money out of your account without actually dispensing it to you.

Since currency exchange rates on the trail are sky-high, it’s best to bring a stash of local rupees with you. You’ll need rupees to pay for meals, showers, tips, etc.

Wi-Fi: A good option for staying connected is to buy a local sim card. It will give you data to about 4000m altitudes, and sometimes in EBC itself.

You can also check Everest Link for Wi-Fi data packages. The connection is supposedly available in most teahouses along the way, but it can be slow and unreliable so don’t depend on it too much.

Top Tip : Beware of phone updates. These will eat through your Wi-Fi and data limits before you realize what just happened!

Entertainment: EBC treks usually only schedule a few hours of hiking a day, to allow you time to acclimatize. Bring books, a Kindle , cards or other games for the many hours of downtime. Certainly, bring a journal so you can remember this once-in-a-lifetime experience!

Solar charger: Many teahouses offer power points where you can charge your devices for a nominal fee. Also, don’t forget to bring an adapter. It’s a good idea to bring your own solar-powered charger and extra batteries to minimize costs.

Tip : Keep batteries, base layers , and anything else you don’t want freezing in your sleeping bag with you overnight. Keep your phone in flight mode to save power.

Important documents: Bring printouts of your travel insurance information. And make sure one of your travel buddies knows what to do and whom to contact in case of an emergency.

Bring your passport, visas, money, etc. – I always keep these documents in a zip-top bag.

Trekking solo? Bring a safety whistle , compass , pocket knife , & duct tape, especially on the less-crowded trails

High-calorie snacks: These will make a huge difference to your experience. Snacks are exceedingly expensive on the trail, and they provide welcome calories on tough trekking days.

You’ll have to decide how many you want to bring and which ones you want to buy along the trail.

Cloth bags : Many trekkers use these to separate dirty laundry and organize different outfits.

Earplugs: You’ll be glad for these when the tea houses are alive with the sound of Khumbu coughs.

A Note on Trekking Insurance

Be very careful when purchasing travel insurance, because regular policies usually stop covering you once you ascend higher than 3,000m/9,840ft.

At these altitudes, you have a higher chance of getting Acute Mountain Sickness. Also, there’s a pretty good chance you’ll have to be airlifted out to a hospital for injuries . To clarify, injuries like a pulled muscle or twisted ankle at sea level can be more serious at higher altitudes.

Because of these higher costs and risks , insurance companies will charge you a premium for high-altitude trekking insurance.

Luckily, there’s no shortage of insurance companies that offer travel insurance specifically tailored to Everest Base Camp trekkers.

When purchasing a policy, make sure you’re covered for trekking up to altitudes of 6,000m/19,685ft. In addition, ensure it has search and rescue costs, preferably by helicopter.

Don’t forget to check if you’re covered for different travel-related illnesses (and make sure you get your vaccinations before going!).

It’s also nice to have compensation for delayed or canceled flights and repatriation in case of death (hopefully you won’t be needing this one).

Check the clause about lost, stolen or damaged luggage to see if it will cover most of the cost of your hiking gear.

If you’re traveling in winter or shoulder season, then check for trip cancelation insurance. This is to ensure you’re covered if your trek is canceled due to weather.

You’ll likely have other considerations depending on your personal situation. Don’t just take our advice for it – remember to do your research, ask questions and read the fine print of your travel insurance policy before you purchase.

I always keep my travel insurance information handy while on the trek. Additionally, I pass it along to someone else in my group. This is so they know whom to contact in case of an emergency.

Some travel insurance providers require you to confirm with them before ordering a helicopter. Check out this option on getting trekking travel insurance for more information.

How to Avoid Altitude Sickness

Most tour operators organize a relaxed trekking schedule and follow the mantra “climb high, sleep low”. In essence, this is to avoid the risk of altitude sickness.

Take it slow – once you finish hiking for the day you’ll have a lot of dead hours in the teahouse. For this reason there’s really no point in racing there.

It’s important to respect the acclimatization days. The acclimatization hikes are designed to help you adjust to tomorrow’s altitude.

Try to drink 3-4 liters of water a day, as dehydration will make the altitude sickness way worse. It also goes without saying that you shouldn’t drink caffeine or alcohol or smoke during your trek.

If you can, then cut out these vices about a week before you start hiking. So that you won’t suffer from withdrawal headaches.

Many people swear by Diamox as a preventative drug against AMS. It’s your choice whether to take this or not. I personally found the tingling fingers and toes to be very off-putting, but it probably helped me acclimatize.

Altitude sickness is unpredictable and doesn’t discriminate based on fitness or age. Listen to your body and descend immediately if you think you have signs of Acute Mountain Sickness.

Check out our article on altitude sickness for a more detailed overview.

Choosing a Tour Operator

Every year there are rumors that the Nepali government will make it compulsory to go with a guide.. But so far, it’s still possible to undertake the trek to EBC on your own.

Unless you’re going in high season, you’ll can drop in at tea houses and get a bed without a reservation.

Independent trekkers can choose whether to hike all by themselves. While others choose between ring a porter, a guide, or a guide and a porter. A guide will speak some English and can help with booking accommodation. However, a porter probably won’t speak English and will only carry your bag.

You can also hire one person who acts as a guide and a porter. Another upside to hiring a guide is that you’ll be providing someone with a job. And in turn, you’ll get to immerse yourself in the Nepali culture.

Alternately, you can opt to join a guided trek with a tour operator. While this is pricier, it’s a good choice for people who have never done such a long, high-altitude trek before.

Tour operators typically arrange flights, airport transfers, accommodation, visas and permits, porters and guides. Western tour operators will usually charge more, but provide a more trustworthy service. You can expect to pay about twice as much for a Western tour operator.

Check to see if your tour operator is registered with the Trekking Agencies Association of Nepal (TAAN). TAAN regulates trekking agencies in Nepal to ensure fair treatment of employees, respect for local communities and preservation of the environment.

The Kilimanjaro Porters Assistance Project mission is to improve the working conditions of porters. They advocate for fair treatment and wages, lend free mountaineering clothing, and encourage them to work for only ethical companies. Through providing education and training opportunities, guides and porters have received classes on porters rights, Leave No Trace and are certified in First Aid.

Please make every effort to ensure the porters and guides are dressed properly, stay within the weight limit including their own luggage. Also, ensure they have adequate sleeping arrangements and insurance and are paid a fair wage.

It’s better to go with companies that employ their porters and guides full-time instead of freelance because there’s a better chance the company is providing them with benefits, sick days and health insurance.

Tipping is always a tricky subject and suggested rates will depend on whom you ask. Aim for around 15 percent of salary (if you’re traveling in a group, this number refers to the total pooled tip) per porter and/or guide, and adjust accordingly.

The classic Everest Base Camp trek winds through the Khumbu valley; once reaching Everest Base Camp, you’ll retrace your steps back down to Lukla for the return flight to Kathmandu.

If you’re interested in escaping the crowds or doing circular routes that don’t involve retracing your steps, there’s a variety of alternate routes to choose from.

You can also opt to tack small detours onto your classic EBC trek. This is especially doable if you’re traveling independently or in a small group.

You shouldn’t have any trouble booking your trek, even on the classic EBC trek.

Classic Everest Base Camp trek

The classic Everest Base Camp trek takes about 14 days, including time in Kathmandu before and after.

From Kathmandu, you’ll fly into Lukla Airport (2,860m/9,383ft) with its famously short runway – try to sit on the left side of the plane so you can catch your first views of Mt. Everest.

It’s a good idea to leave yourself a few buffer days, as Lukla flights are often delayed due to weather. Flights should be included in your tour price; otherwise they’re about USD 300, plus USD 100 for your guide’s ticket.

From the airport, you’ll trek to Phakding for the night.

The next day you’ll set out from Phakding and follow the Dudh Koshi River, crossing suspension bridges and pine forests until you reach the Namche Bazaar (3,440m/11,286ft), in the Sagarmatha National Park UNESCO World Heritage Site .

Namche Bazaar is the region’s principal trading point, so use this opportunity to stock up on supplies you might have forgotten. If you’re there on Saturday, then don’t miss the market. From here you can also catch a peak of Everest.

You’ll take a day to acclimatize in Namche Bazaar – you can make the most of the Wi-Fi, stock up on any supplies you forgot, check out the Sherpa museum or just tool around the village.

The day after you’ll follow the former Tibet-Nepal trading route via Thame to Tengboche. These villages are known for legendary views, where you can visit one of the region’s biggest monasteries .

Next you’ll hike through Phangboche to Pheriche while admiring the views of Ama Dablam. You might be interested to know that Pheriche is where the Himalayan Rescue Association makes its base – but hopefully you won’t need to use this information! 

Most people stay in Pheriche for a day to acclimatize and visit local attractions like the Imja Lake or Dingboche village, which boasts views of Lhotse and Island Peak.

Now that you’re rested, you’ll be ready to tackle the trek to Lobuche, which features a 600m/1,969ft elevation gain. You’ll skirt the perilous Khumbu Glacier and witness the many memorials to sherpas and climbers who perished in their attempt to climb Everest.

From Lobuche you’ll set out towards Gorak Shep, which is the world’s highest permanently inhabited village.

Finally, it’s time to push on through the moraine towards Everest Base Camp! Since actual summiteers of Everest have priority, don’t expect to spend too long there or even be allowed inside the base camp itself.

But don’t worry, the adrenaline-filled atmosphere extends all the way down to the trekker stop point! From here you’ll go back down to Gorak Shep for the night.

You can’t actually see the peak of Mt. Everest from Everest Base Camp, so the next day you’ll make a steep ascent up to the summit of Kala Patthar (5545m/ 18,192ft) to catch amazing views of Everest, Nuptse (7,861m/25,791ft) and Lhotse (8,516m/27,940ft).

Most groups try to do this at sunset on the same day as they reach EBC, or at sunrise the next morning, when Mt. Everest sometimes turns pink in the early-morning light.

Forging on ahead, you’ll descend to Dingboche or Pheriche, and from there past Tengboche and back to Namche Bazaar the next day. Keep an eye out for the massive fields of wild rhododendrons if you’re visiting in the spring!

Your last day of trekking will take you back to Lukla, where you’ll spend the night before catching the flight to Kathmandu.

• Pros : Comparatively gentle altitude profile, can be done independently
• Cons : Have to retrace steps on the way down, can be crowded
• Length : ~130km (12-14 days)
• Highest point : Kala Patthar (5545m/ 18,192ft)

Gokyo Lakes Trek 

The Gokyo Lakes Trek is popular for its beautiful glacial lakes , nestled in the quiet Gokyo valley.

Like the classic Everest Base Camp trek, the Gokyo Lakes trek starts at Lukla, breaking off towards the northwest at the Namche Bazaar.

This trek is considered slightly more challenging than the classic EBC trek, with steeper ascents and more time spent at high altitudes.

It takes 2-3 days longer, detouring around some of the most crowded sections of the classic base camp trek but still finishing at Everest Base Camp.

You’ll see glacial lakes and summit Gokyo Ri (5,357m/17,575ft) where you’ll earn views of Everest, Lhotse and Cho Oyu (8,201m/26,906ft).

Fly into Kathmandu, spend a few days acclimatizing and then take another flight to Lukla. The next day, you’ll trek down through the Dudh Koshi Valley to Phakding past several Buddhist sites.

Hiking through pine forests and along the Dudh Koshi River, you’ll cross several suspension bridges including the Hillary Suspension Bridge. After entering the Sagarmatha National Park, you’ll continue hiking until the Namche Bazaar.

You’ll then separate from the classic EBC trek and head northwest towards Dole along the Dudh Koshi valley. You’ll get some of the first views of Everest, Lhotse and Ama Dablam today.

The next day brings a steep climb towards Machhermo, which is populated with yaks in the summer.

Allow yourself a day to acclimatize and enjoy views of Ngozumpa Glacier (the biggest glacier in the Himalayas). Once you’ve enjoyed the glacier, trek to the Gokyo lakes and you’ll eventually reach Gokyo village. If you are tired by now, you’re in luck because this is where you’ll bed down for the night.

This is another popular time to take an acclimatization rest day and explore the surrounding lakes, or summit Gokyo Ri, which stands almost 5,500m/18,045ft above sea level.

Stop to take in the stunning views of Everest, Lhotse and Cho Oyu, then continue back down to the Ngozumpa glacier and on into Dragnag.

The next day is a tough one. You’ll traverse Cho La, one of the “Three Passes” (5,420m/17,782ft), cross a glacier and then spend the night in Zonglha. 

Joining up with the classic EBC trek, you’ll stop for a moment of reflection at the memorials to sherpas and climbers who perished in their attempts to climb Everest, and then continue on to Lobuche for the night.

From Lobuche, you’ll skirt the Khumbu glacier, hiking up past Gorak Shep and finally you’ll reach Everest Base Camp! Enjoy it while it lasts, because the priority at EBC is the Everest summiteers, especially in the spring months.

You’ll hike back down to Gorak Shep alongside views of the Khumbu icefall . Part of the highest glacier on Earth, the icefall’s deadly crevasses, unstable seracs and unpredictable avalanches have taken dozens of lives.

The next day you’ll hike up Kala Patthar, with more views of Everest and the neighboring mountain peaks, and then down to Dingboche along the classic EBC route.

It’s time to return to Namche Bazaar. The day after you’ll hike back to Lukla through the Dudh Koshi valley, and then fly into Kathmandu.

Because the trek is longer, expect to pay more than you would for the classic EBC trek. Trekkers are advised not to attempt this trek independently, due to the increased difficulty and the fact that there are fewer people on the routes.

Like the classic EBC trek, the best time to go is during spring or fall. Because the trek isn’t as popular, you shouldn’t have to worry about crowds for most of the way, so feel free to go during peak season.

• Pros : Fewer crowds, more challenging, more sights, get to summit a peak, see the world’s highest freshwater lake system, prettier landscapes than classic trek, circular route so no need to retrace steps
• Cons : More expensive than classic EBC trek
• Length : ~220km/136 miles (16-17 days, including a few days in Kathmandu before and after)
• Highest point : Kala Patthar (5545m/18,192ft)

Jiri to Everest Base Camp 

This old-school route mirrors the route taken by the first Everest summiteers in the 1950’s, starting with an 8-hour bus ride from Kathmandu to Jiri instead of flying into Lukla.

From Jiri, you’ll pass through the towns of Sete, Junbesi and Numtala in the Solu Khumbu region.

After reaching Lukla, you’ll join up with the classic EBC trek, passing through Phakding, Namche Bazaar, Tengboche, Pheriche and Gorak Shep.

In total, the Jiri route takes about 5-6 days longer than the classic route.

Jiri route trekkers will have the chance to spend a lot more time with the locals. You’ll also spend more time at low altitudes – the route starts at just 1,800m/5,905ft above sea level – meaning landscapes will forests and streams with actual running water.

Much of the trek is off the beaten path, with fewer crowds than the EBC classic trek.

Tool around Kathmandu for a day and then take an 8-hour (190km/118 mile) bus ride, following the Sun Koshi River to Jiri and then Shivalaya.

The next day, you’ll cross a suspension bridge over the river and then explore several tea houses. Go through the Deorali Pass, taking a moment to check out the prayer flags and decorated walls, and then head down to Bhandar for the night.

From Bhandar, you’ll walk through fields and forests before embarking on a steep descent t

owards the village of Kenja. Uphill again, you’ll traverse the Lamjura Pass and arrive at the town of Sete.

The next day, you’ll return to the Lamjura Pass and pass through magnificent fields of pine trees, magnolia and rhododendrons. Without a doubt, you’ll appreciate the stunning mountain views. Next,hike down the other side and you’ll arrive at the town of Junbesi.

Back into the forest, you’ll see Mt. Everest for the first time. You’ll then cross the Ringmo Khola suspension bridge and arrive at the village of Ringmo with its gorgeous Tibetan architecture. Another forest and you’ll be at Nunthala.

In the morning, you’ll head out towards the Dudh Koshi River, crossing another impressive suspension bridge on your way to Bupsa.

The next few days will take you to higher altitudes as you pass through forests with monkeys and several small villages.

Arriving in Lukla, you’ll join up with the classic EBC trek. After reaching Everest Base Camp, you’ll summit Kala Patthar for the obligatory views of Mt. Everest at dawn and then return through Gorak Shep, Namche Bazaar and finally Lukla, for your flight back to Kathmandu.

Like the classic Everest trek, the Jiri route is best undertaken in spring or fall. Caution: some parts of the Jiri trek may be closed in the winter, so we don’t recommend going during this season.

The Jiri route is only slightly more difficult than the classic Everest Base Camp route, due to its longer duration.

The average day of hiking comprises 5-6 hours, covering about 15km/9 miles. On the bright side, due to the more gradual ascent compared with the classic trek, you’re less likely to get altitude sickness.

• Pros : More authentic, less touristy, chance to see Solo Khumbu landscapes (terraced farmland, forests, Dudh Koshi river, sherpas), gradual acclimatization
• Cons : 8-hour bus ride (but scenic!)
• Length : ~250km/155 miles (22 days, of which 18 days of trekking)
• Highest point : Kala Patthar (5,545m/ 18,192ft)

Three Passes Trek 

As you might infer from the name, the Three Passes trek takes you across three high mountain passes (all higher than 5,000m/16,400ft). Thus, making it more difficult than the classic EBC trek.

After reaching Namche Bazaar, the Three Passes trek splits off from the classic trek. This takes you towards Thame and the Nangpa Valley. The trek takes around 19 days in total, of which 14-15 will be spent trekking. Getting a guide is highly recommended.

After flying into Lukla from Kathmandu, you’ll work your way down to Phakding.

The next day will take you across several suspension bridges on the way to Namche Bazaar. You’ll be there for a day of acclimatizing. After which you’ll split off from the classic EBC route and head to Thame.

Crossing the Bhote Koshi river, you’ll reach Lumde and catch your first good views of the mountain peaks. The next day, you’ll tackle the first pass.

The Renjo La (5,360m/17,585ft) lies near the Dudh Koshi valley and will reward you with views of Everest. Then you’ll pass the Gokyo lakes and the village of Gokyo, where you’ll summit Gokyo Ri and catch sight of Cho Oyu.

After spending some time acclimatizing in Gokyo, you’ll walk across the Ngozumpa Glacier. This is Nepal’s largest glacier, and you’ll then spend the night in Dragnag.

The next day is notorious. You’ll traverse the next pass, Cho La (5,420m/17,782 ft), which has a glacier and prayer flags at the top. On the other side of the pass lies Zonglha.

Joining back up with the base camp trek, you’ll visit Lobuche and Gorak Shep and take in views of the Khumbu Glacier, Everest, Lhotse and Nuptse.

You’ll explore Everest Base Camp and summit Kala Patthar before retracing your steps back through Gorak Shep and Lobuche.

The trek keeps on going, past the Kongma La pass (5,535m/18,159ft), down into the Chukkung valley and up to the summit of Chukking Ri (5,550m/18,209ft) with more mountain views.

You’ll trek through Dingboche, with its views over the Khumbu Valley. Eventually, you hike down through the rhododendron fields and the village of Khumjung, ending back at the Namche Bazaar.

From here you’ll cross the Dudh Koshi, following the classic EBC route back down to Lukla.

This trek can also be done backwards; it’s up to you whether you want to head clockwise or counter-clockwise after the Namche Bazaar.

Many people recommend doing the trek counter-clockwise to avoid crossing the difficult Renjo La Pass right off the bat.

You’re best off doing this trek with a tour operator, as it’s quite off the beaten path.

• Pros : See a little bit of everything, uncrowded trails, challenging elevation profile
• Cons : Riskier terrain than classic EBC trail, long stretches with no facilities
• Length : ~21 days (150km/90 miles)
• Highest point : Chukking Ri (5,550m/18,209ft)

Island Peak (Imja Tse)

Experienced trekkers who wish to try their hand at mountaineering might be interested in summiting Island Peak (6,189 m/20,305 ft).

To master the glaciers and icy headwall during the ascent of these peaks, you’ll need to use crampons, an ice ax and potentially a ladder and ropes to cross the crevasses, depending on the weather.

Tour operators claim you can learn these skills on the fly, but it’s better to have some prior mountaineering experience before you tackle these routes, which are significantly more challenging.

That being said, Island Peak is a relatively “easy” climb as far as climbs go, so it’s a good option if you’re looking to expand your repertoire. 

Since a detailed itinerary of Island Peak is outside the scope of this article, be aware that the general packing list doesn’t include the specialized mountaineering equipment you need for this trek.

Likewise, ascending Island Peak takes you above 6,000m and will probably not be covered by standard travel insurance providers, so check with your local mountaineering association for options.

Practical Information

What will I eat? How much will the trip cost? These are the questions most frequently asked.

As a general rule, the tea house lodgings themselves are very, very cheap with the condition that you eat dinner and breakfast in the same lodge.

This is where your costs will really add up – food is very expensive – so check with your tour operator when booking to see if meals are included.

Food on the trek is repetitive but nourishing. The meals are carb-heavy – think pasta dishes, dahl baht or “sherpa stew” with veggies and noodles.

What other trek offers the convenience of stopping in at a tea house or bakery for a hot lunch or freshly baked pastry? Just be prepared for stretches where you won’t see a tea house for several hours.

Hot drinks are readily available, and a popular treat is a deep-fried Mars bar. Don’t leave without trying one!

Most people recommend going vegetarian during the trek. Sagarmatha National Park has a no-kill policy so all meat has to be carried up by porters or yaks and is never very fresh, so there’s a real risk of getting sick.

Much of the garbage that’s disposed of in the villages ends up getting burned on-site, which really makes you consider the impact of your waste.

Before wantonly throwing plastic into the garbage cans, try to reduce what you use and pack out as much as you can.

The budget for your trip will vary widely depending on whether you’re trekking independently or going with a tour operator.

If you are booking with a tour operator, the flight price and permit prices should be included – usually you’ll have to pay for your guide’s flight as well.

Tour prices run from about USD 1000 to 3000 depending whether you go local or get a Western tour operator.

Budget around USD 400 for the flight from Kathmandu to Lukla Airport, including your guide’s ticket. If you go independently, consider getting help from a local agency for buying your flight tickets.

Flights have a way of being overbooked and you’re more likely to get on the plane if a local agent is vouching for you. On this note, factor in a few buffer days for your flight from Lukla back to Kathmandu, in case of weather or overbooking delays. 

Nationals of all countries except India will need a visa to enter Nepal, which costs USD 25 for 15 days, USD 40 for 30 days and USD 100 for 90 days.

You’re best off getting the 30-day visa even if your trek is only scheduled to take two weeks, as weather and other factors might extend the trip unexpectedly. For the most part, you can get your visa when you land in Nepal.

It used to be mandatory to purchase a Trekkers Information Management System (TIMS) card, but the laws on this are constantly changing and there is a new local tax being charged, so check before you go unless your tour operator is arranging paperwork for you.

You will need a Sagarmatha National Park entry permit, which you can get ahead of time or at Monjo, when entering the park.

The price of the permits will normally be included in the trip price if going with a tour operator. Bring several passport photos for the permits.

All Set: Are You Ready?

The name “Everest” may sound intimidating, but this is actually one of the more approachable multi-day treks out there.

If you have a reasonable fitness level and are comfortable walking uphill for several hours a day carrying a heavy backpack, then you should be able to complete the trek. The key is to go slowly to avoid altitude sickness.

You don’t need special mountaineering know-how or an incredible level of fitness. The hike to EBC is a relaxed one, as hikes go.

The pace is slow, to allow you the time to acclimatize, so you’ll have plenty of free hours to peruse the village cafés, tuck into a slice of apple pie and snuggle up with a good book or make friends over a game of cards back at the teahouse.

That being said, of course it’s a good idea to prepare for the trek by hitting the gym in the months prior to your departure, and plenty of practice hikes starting two months before you go.

Don’t forget to practice hiking with a heavy backpack on! Check out this article for more tips on preparing for an uphill hike .

In total, the trek is around 130km/81 miles round trip, with an elevation gain of 2,685m/8,809ft between Lukla (2,860 m) and Kala Patthar (5,545 m).

It’s usually done in just under two weeks, including rest days for acclimatization. The outward leg will take longer and you can expect to trek 5-6 hours per trekking day, covering an average of 15km/9 miles.

The hike from EBC back to Lukla will go much faster since you’ll already be acclimatized.

Plenty of people with no prior trekking experience manage to complete the EBC trek and you can too! Like any non-technical trek at altitude , the key is a proper pace, a decent level of fitness and most of all, a good attitude!

Have you been trekking in Nepal? Let us know about it in the comments section below!

Disclaimer : This post is for information only and is not intended to replace the advice of an experienced guide. Always do your research and check with local weather stations, etc. before attempting to undertake treks in the wild. Distances are approximate and routes may vary depending on your tour operator.

Photos via Depositphotos.

• Insider’s Guide to Hiking Machu Picchu
• Inspirational Mountains: Exciting Summits for Ordinary Hikers
• Climbing Kilimanjaro: Everything you Need to Know
• Four Pass Loop (This Hiking Trail Should Be at the Top of Your List)

Best Hammock Tarp (Rainfly): How to Choose and Use

A Hiker’s Dream: Cotopaxi Allpa 42 Travel Pack Comprehensive Review

How To Weatherproof a Tent

Top 10 Portable Grills for Camping in 2024: Unveil the Best Outdoor Cooking Companions

Bivy Sack vs Tent – What’s Better for Your Trip?

Jetboil Zip vs Flash: Battle of the Boilers

Best Tent Stakes (Pegs) and How to Secure your Tent

Propane vs Butane: Decoding the Camping Stove Fuel Debate

How to Choose the Best Camp Shower According to Campers

How To Measure Backpack Dimensions: A Simple Guide For All

Top 11 Best Camping Tables for Outdoor Adventures

Best Lightweight Tent for Backpacking for 2024

Review: RTIC 45 Hard Cooler: Top-Tier Quality for a Low Price

Last update on 2024-05-31 / Affiliate links / Images from Amazon Product Advertising API

Get Instant Response:

• Hillary Classical Trek – 17 Days
• Everest Base Camp Trek – 14 Days
• Everest Three High Passes Trek – 18 Days
• Everest Base Camp Trek Via Gokyo Lake – 15 Days
• Everest View Trek – 5 Days
• Gokyo Renjo La Pass Trek – 13 Days
• Everest Base Camp Trek Heli Return – 10 Days
• Everest Base Camp with Island Peak Climbing – 16 Days
• Everest Base Camp with Lobuche Peak Climbing – 16 Days
• Everest Panorama Trek – 7 Days
• Luxury Everest Base Camp Trek – 12 Days
• Ama Dablam Base Camp Trek – 8 Days
• Short Everest Base Camp Trek – 10 Days
• Gokyo Ri Trek – 10 Days
• Annapurna Base Camp Trek – 7 Days
• Annapurna Circuit Trek – 14 Days
• Annapurna Base Camp Trek via Poon Hill – 13 Days
• Annapurna Circuit Trek with Annapurna Base Camp – 20 Days
• Annapurna Circuit Trek with Tilicho Lake – 15 Days
• Nar Phu Valley Trek – 14 Days
• Poon Hill Trek – 7 Days
• Upper Mustang Trek – 15 Days
• Mardi Himal Trek – 5 Days
• Khopra Danda Trek – 8 Days
• Annapurna Base Camp Trek with Helicopter Return – 8 Days
• Annapurna Sanctuary Trek – 10 Days
• Short Annapurna Circuit Trek – 10 Days
• Manaslu Circuit Trek – 13 Days
• Manaslu Tsum Valley Trek – 20 Days
• Tsum Valley Trek – 16 Days
• Langtang Valley Trek – 8 Days
• Langtang Gosaikunda Trek – 13Days
• Gosaikunda Trek – 5 Days
• Tamang Heritage Trail – 7 Days
• Kanchenjunga Trek – 22 Days
• Pikey Peak Trek – 6 Days
• Mera Peak Climbing – 13 Days
• Lower Dolpo Trek – 15 Days
• Island Peak Expedition – 15 Days
• Mera Peak Climbing – 15 Days
• Legal Documents
• Terms & Condition

Everest Base Camp Trek Guide

The Everest Base Camp Trek Guide is filled with all the important information that will benefit new trekkers wanting to explore the region.

• 11 Aug 2023

Hillary Treks

Everest Base Camp Trek is one of the most popular in Nepal. They can be easy to some and challenging to others. If you don’t have trekking experience, then this Everest Base Camp Trek Guide will help you find all the information necessary before going on your excursion.

The trek to Everest base camp offers stunning trails through forests, rhododendron settlements, glacial moraines, and woodlands. During the journey, you can also visit Sagarmatha National Park, where you can see many different kinds of plants and animals, some rare and only found in the Himalayas.

Furthermore, you will see beautiful mountain views, including Mt. Everest, Ama Dablam, Cho-Oyu, Lhotse, and Nuptse. He will also pass through several exceptional small settlements in a Sherpa village, where you can meet local people and experience their hospitality. 

Hence, the Everest Base camp trek is an experience mixed up with fantastic adventure and cultural immersion. However, you can experience even more fun if you know what you will do when you get there. Hence, our complete Everest Base Camp Trek guide is just for you.

How do you get to Everest Base Camp from Kathmandu?

The Everest Base Camp Trek is an exciting 14-day experience in Nepal. You will begin by flying into Kathmandu, followed by Lukla, a small mountain village. The trek will take you through several villages, forests, and beautiful mountains. This will help your body adjust to the altitude. The route is designed to be easy on your body. You will get to see some stunning scenery along the way. The trek is carefully planned to ensure your safety and enjoyment.

You’ll reach Namche Bazaar, a Sherpa trading town, and then continue to Everest Base Camp, stopping at Gorakshep. The next day, you will reach Kala Patthar, the highest point in your EBC trek, where you can take photos of beautiful mountain ranges. Finally, you’ll retrace your steps, flying back to Kathmandu from Lukla on day 13.

EBC Trek Duration and Hike daily

The Everest Base Camp Trek is fun and pleasing; however, make no mistake, it is challenging. What makes this trek a bit difficult is its total duration, around 130 km from Lukla to the base camp. 

This trek will take you from Lukla, Phakding, Namche, Tenboche, Dingboche, Lobuche, and Periche. Regarding the itinerary, Hillary Steps Trek has prepared a unique 14-day trek package where you will visit several amazing places in the Khumbu region.

You must cover 130 km for 14 to 15 days, and within these days, at least two days are separated for acclimatization. Hence, you must cover at least 9-10 km daily. During this thrilling EBC trek, you must hike for seven to eight hours daily.

Best Time For Everest Base Camp Trek

If you plan to travel to the Everest region, choosing the right time to visit is vital to ensure an enjoyable experience. The success or failure of your trek largely depends on the timing of your visit. During the peak season, you can expect pleasant weather, comfortable temperatures, clear mountain views, and beautiful trails. 

However, if you visit during the off-season, you may face challenges such as heavy rainfall, snowfall, and natural disasters. Therefore, carefully considering the best time to visit Everest Base Camp is crucial.

Spring 

Spring is among the best season for trekking in Nepal. The month from March to May falls in the Spring season. During this season, the weather is pretty warm, and the temperature is also mild. Spring season starts after the end of the winter season, so there will be less chance of rainfall.

Since the days are sunnier, it starts to get reasonably warm, which is impressive for climbing peaks. The favorable weather, temperature, blooming trails, and crystal-clear mountain views appeal to trekkers worldwide.

Hence, Spring is the busiest season for trekking. The trail to Everest Base Camp, hotels, lodges, and tea houses are very overcrowded during these three months.

Autumn 

Autumn is another popular season for trekking EBC. Many trekkers argue that Autumn is the best season for trekking in Nepal. September – November falls in the Autumn season. During Fall, the skies are clear, the weather and temperature are favorable, and there are only occasional chances of rainfall in the early days of September.

Autumn is a bit chillier than SprinSpringe; it passes the monsoon, leading to winter. However, mesmerizing mountain views and clear skies are more than enough compensation for the cold nights. As November passes, the high altitude starts getting snowfalls and snowstorms, so plan your trek accordingly.

Monsoon 

Trekking during the monsoon season, which runs from June to August, can be challenging because of the muddy and slippery trails. However, at higher altitudes, the rainfall tends to be less. So, if you’re ready and willing to bear the wet weather, you can still go for the Everest Base Camp Trek. Just be extra careful.

Also, trekking during the monsoon season can be a peaceful experience with less disturbance. In the mornings, you can see spectacular views of the Himalayas.

However, if you don’t like getting wet in the rain, you can go on a rain shadow trek. These treks occur in areas with little rainfall, like Upper Dolpo and Tsum Valley Trek, but the Everest region doesn’t fall in the rain shadow area.

Winter 

Winter is considered the best off-season trek for Everest Base Camp. You will suffer from harsh cold weather throughout the entire trek. Even the days are chillier, whereas the temperature falls below freezing at night.

Many experienced trekkers can trek in the winter season, but if you are a beginner, we recommend you avoid this season. Pack several vital items, such as winter jackets, boots, snow gear, ropes, etc. However, like Monsoon, the trails are less crowded, so if you want a peaceful trek, this might be your season.

How challenging is the trek to EBC?

Everest Base Camp Trek is not very hard, as it falls in the difficulty level of easy to moderate. If you decide to trek in the peak season, you don’t need any experience in trekking or skills for mountain climbing.

It is a hike at a high altitude, as you have to trek daily for several hours through rugged terrain. The risk of altitude sickness will linger as you trek at high altitudes. Furthermore, at least two days must be separated for acclimatization to avoid mountain sickness.

Some factors can cause difficulty during your EBC trek, so let’s look at them.

What are the Difficulty of Everest Base Camp Trek?

Altitude sickness.

Altitude sickness, also known as Acute Mountain Sickness, is a common problem when trekking at high altitudes. The air gets thinner, with less oxygen, which causes symptoms like headache, dizziness, nausea, and fatigue. If you experience these symptoms, it is important to take action immediately. If possible, go down to a lower altitude as soon as possible. This will help prevent serious consequences.

Altitude sickness can be avoided by gradually ascending and allowing your body to adjust to the changing conditions over several days. To acclimatize, spend some time at lower altitudes before gradually ascending to higher elevations. This will give your body time to adjust and help prevent altitude sickness.

Daily Trekking Hours

As mentioned earlier, the EBC Trek is long. You must cover 130km within 14 days, and the daily trekking hours range from six to seven hours, undoubtedly making you tired and exhausted. Along the trail, you will encounter various steep climbs, curvy roads, bumpy rocks, and snow-capped peaks.

Since the roads are not flat and you have to trek several hours daily, this trek will be physically demanding. So, before trekking, increase your physical fitness and endurance.

Weather and Climate

Trekking in Nepal is fun and thrilling if you choose the proper time. Weather and climate can raise or lower the difficulty of your trek. Favorable weather conditions make your trek fast, give you opportunities to click beautiful photos, and lower your chances of getting injured.

However, if you choose bad weather to trek, your path might be blocked by snowfalls, heavy rainfalls, floods, blizzards, or avalanches. There is also a huge risk to life and property if you trek in dangerous weather.

Rough Trails

The rough trails are another factor that makes the EBC trek significantly difficult for trekkers. Steep ascents, descents, and rocky paths are very common as soon as you land from the flight to Lukla. 

You will pass through several streams, rivers, wooden or suspension bridges, and vast landscapes. Make sure you are trekking in proper weather so that blooming flowers, green vegetation, and dense forests accompany you.

Food and Accommodation We get during the Everest Base Camp Trek

Food and Accommodation are essential during your EBC trek. The popularity of this trek has grown significantly over the years, so more lodges, hotels, and tea houses have been established. In the city area, like Kathmandu, you can choose accommodation in three- to five-star hotels. 

But as you climb altitude, you will reach remote villages where you will only find teahouses. Teahouses are small houses with few rooms with twin beds. During the overcrowded season, you may have to share your room and toilet with other trekkers.

Regarding food, there are many options on the menu in city areas like Kathmandu. You can have local Nepalese foods like Dal, Bhat, and Curry or get various Western cuisines. Throughout the trek, you will get three meals daily: breakfast, lunch, and dinner.

In the secluded villages, you will get local Nepali food and some Western dishes in teahouses, such as Pizzas, Burgers, Dumplings, stews, or Steaks. We recommend not drinking directly from the tap or water handles.

We recommend you carry water purification tablets or only drink filtered and boiling water, which you can ask from the teahouses for additional costs.

How much does the Everest Base Camp trek cost?

Various factors determine the cost of Everest Base Camp:

• Two nights accommodation in Kathmandu (Hotel Thamel Park with Breakfast)
• 11 Nights Standard Accommodation in During the Everest Base Camp Trek
• All Standard meals (Breakfast, Lunch & Dinner/the main course) during the trek
• Free Pick up/Drop off from the International airport and domestic airport by private vehicle
• Both ways, Kathmandu to Lukla and Lukla to Kathmandu by flight with airport tax
• Sagarmatha National Park Fees
• Pasang Lhamu municipality fees
• Professional & Government licensed holder English Speaking Trekking Guide
• Porter (2 trekkers: 1 porter)
• Staff costs, including their salary, insurance, equipment, food and accommodation, etc
• Sleeping bag (if Needed)
• Trekking Map
• First aid kit
• Cookies & seasonal fruits every day
• All Government and Local Tax

Hence, the total cost for the 14 days Everest Base Camp Trek Package is USD 1,450

How cold is it at Everest Base Camp?

If you’re planning to visit Everest Base Camp, you must be prepared for the different temperatures you’ll encounter. During spring (March to May) and autumn (September to November), daytime temperatures range from 10°C to 20°C. 

However, temperatures can drop significantly at higher altitudes and at night. In fact, during the winter months (December to February), nighttime temperatures can drop as low as -10°C to -20°C.

Important Packing List for the Everest Base Camp Trek

• Upper Body: Insulation, Thermal base layer, fleece, warm jacket, trekking shirt
• Toiletries: Quick-drying towel, toilet paper, Toothbrush, toothpaste, soap, Shampoo, small mirror, nail cutter
• Essentials: Trekking pole, sleeping bag, towels, raincoat, water bottle, Backpack or day pack
• Gaiters, crampons (if needed) Slippers, thermal leggings underwear, thick socks
• Head:  Ear warmers, beanies, scarf, sunhat, Headlights, spare batteries
• Gloves, waterproof jacket, Lightweight T-shirt
• Personal Accessories: Money, camera, phone, watch, Power bank, extra camera batteries
• Face: UV sunglasses, sunscreen, dust masks, lip balm, Face/body wipes
• Legs & Boots: Trekking pants (2 pairs), waterproof jacket, Trekking boots, sports shoes
• Extras: Diary, pen, books, Extrapassport copy, photos, binoculars, first aid kit

Permits Needed for Everest Base Camp Trek

To be able to trek Everest Base Camp Trek you need some important permits.

Sagarmatha National Park:

• SAARC Nationals    NPR 1500/person
• Foreigners    NPR 3000/person

Pasang Lhamu Rural Municipality Fee

• SAARC Nationals    NPR 1000/person
• Foreigners    NPR 2000/person

Trekkers Information Management System (TIMS)

• Foreign Officials & their families    NPR 500/person

Hence, Everest Base Camp Trek is quite an amusing but slightly challenging trekking destination in Nepal. If you are confused about trekking in the Everest region, our comprehensive guide will make your trek easy.

You will get all the necessary information about the trek, such as its difficulty, best seasons, costs, food and accommodation, and others.

My name is Hillary. Since completing the Government Guide Training from Nepal's Ministry of Tourism and Civil Aviation (KEEP and HRA), I have been a specialist in mountain trekking and peak climbing. With specific expertise in the Nepal, Tibet, and Bhutan regions, I have now been a trekking guide and tour operator in Nepal, and across the Himalayas, since 2012.

Read Previous

Annapurna Circuit Trek Guide

Everest Base Camp Trek in September

Discover the essential travel requirements for Nepal, including visa procedures, current travel restrictions, and health and safety guidelines. Our travel expert will guide you through the latest entry requirements based on your departure country and passport, ensuring you’re prepared for your Himalayan adventure.

Everest Base Camp Trek 2024/2025

Everest Base Camp Trek is designed in such a way that it fits any category of people, be it outdoor enthusiasts, solo travelers, or even hikers traveling in a group to Nepal.

Trek Overview

The dream of every traveler and thrill seeker, the Everest Base Camp Trek is one of the most well-known breathtakingly adventurous trekking experiences. The Everest Region is home to numerous mountain ranges, including Mt. Everest, which is the highest mountain in the world at an elevation of 8,848.86 meters, as well as other stunning, glittering surrounding peaks including Mt. Lhotse, Mt. Makalu, Mt. Nuptse, Mt. Cho Oyu, Mt. Ama Dablam, etc.

The Everest Base Camp Trekking introduces you to different species of unique and endangered birds and animals, including Musk Deer, Snow Leopard, Red Panda, and many more. The Everest Base Camp Hike is known for its abundance of what can be called snow beauty. One of the most breathtaking and amazing treks in Nepal. Everest region is a trip to the Everest Base Camp the south of which is located at an altitude of 5364 meters.

The main draws are the Everest Base Camp Tour the unusual geographic variations, the picturesque Lukla flight, and the magnificent Sherpa towns. One of the most breathtaking aspects of the Everest Base Camp Hike is the incredible atmosphere at higher altitudes. The Everest region is spiritual and home to renowned mountaineers and trekkers. Since there are so many mountain activities to do, trekking to Everest Base Camp is very popular.

The best and biggest gift to adventurers worldwide is arguably the varied, natural, and cultural trail that leads to the base of the tallest peak in the world. Since Everest expeditions depart from the Everest Base Camp. The Everest Base Camp Trekking serves as a significant mountaineering hub as well.

The trip to the Everest Base Camp takes an average of 5–6 hours per day from Lukla and offers some breathtaking views of the High Himalayas. At the height of Everest Base Camp 5,364 meters, the Khumbu region's Everest Base Camp is a trip that is achievable and rewarding despite being challenging.

Alternative to the full Everest Base Camp Trip experience, you can also go on some other treks such as the Everest Three Passes Trek, the Everest Base Camp short trek , the Gokyo Lake Trek , and a plethora of other packages with varying costs and time options . It includes one that doesn't require you to fly directly to the airport in Lukla, titled by some as the most dangerous airport in the world, and instead take a classic 22-day trek via Jiri , Dolakha.

The Everest Base Camp Trek 2024/2025 leads us to the Sagarmatha National Park , the vigorous viewpoint of Kala Patthar where a fashion show titled “Mount Everest Fashion Runway” set a novel record of ‘The Highest Altitude Fashion Runway’ in the ‘Guinness Book of World Records’, at an altitude of 5,644 meters above sea level on January 26, 2020.

En route to Everest Base Camp Trek , one of the most prominent Tibetan-Buddhist monasteries Tengboche Monastery (3,867m) welcomes you to roam around the number of monasteries, caves, nunneries, and hermitages offering you panoramic views of The Himalayas.

Before stepping into the land of the Tengboche monastery, you will get a chance to recreate in Namche Bazaar (3,440m) the gateway of the Himalayas where you will be able to roam around the nearby stores, internet cafes, and markets. At the same time, you will get rich hospitality from kind Sherpa people in various lodges, restaurants, and cafes.

The sight of mountaineers establishing camps up close is spectacular. The nicest features of trekking in the Everest area are the vistas of Pumori and Ama Dablam as well as the never-ending mountain thrill. Overall, the Trek to Everest Base Camp journey will be an exciting and enlightening experience you will remember for the rest of your life.

Everest Base Camp Trek - Lukla Flight Information

The flight of Lukla will be from Ramechhap/Manthali instead of Kathmandu Because of the huge air traffic in Kathmandu Airport mainly during the peak trekking seasons (March to May, October, and November). We have to drive around 5 hours to reach Manthali from Kathmandu. So we must leave Kathmandu and drive to Manthali around 1:00 a.m. on the scheduled departure date to catch a flight from Ramechhap Manthali.

Everest Base Camp Trek - A Complete Guide

To accomplish Everest Base Camp trekking you must know about those things mentioned below.

Mount Everest was first recognized as the world's highest mountain in the world in 1856. Sir Edmund Hillary and Tenzing Norgay Sherpa became the first to reach the Everest summit on the date of 29, May 1953. Since then, Everest Base Camp has become the dream for climbers attempting to defeat the highest peak on Earth.

The Starting Point of the Everest Base Camp Hiking

Our EBC trek starts from Kathmandu with a scenic flight of around 35 minutes to Lukla. Lukla (2,840m / 9315ft ) is the starting point of this awe-inspiring journey to EBC.

Accommodation During the Everest Base Camp Trek

When it comes to the Everest Base Camp Trekking, offers several options for accommodation. From local tea houses to luxurious lodges, there are options for cheap to high-end. The trek package includes 14-night stays at the available lodges and teahouses in the trek region. The rooms are dual sharing rooms. You will get hot showers and WiFi at the hotels/lodges where you stay.

You will also spend at least two nights in Kathmandu, one before starting the trek and another after the trek. 2 nights' accommodation with Breakfast in Kathmandu is under this package.                                                                                                           

Meals During the EBC Trek

The Everest Base Camp Trek is a high-altitude trek that demands a lot of energy. At higher altitudes, the food choice will be limited. Our trekking package includes breakfast, lunch, and dinner. Will will provide you with enough nutritious food during the trek.

Food will be served as per the hotels/lodges/ teahouse menu. Mostly the menu includes Nepali and Western cuisine. We suggest you try Nepalese food Daal Bhat Tarkari (vegetables). This food contains carbohydrates which give you enough energy to tackle the trail. You can also get Thukpa (noodle soup), Momos (dumplings), macaroni, Pizza, Soup, Sherpa stew, Spaghetti, fried potatoes etc. 

We highly suggest you avoid dairy products, Meat items caffeinated items, and alcoholic drinks.

Elevation of Everest Base Camp

The Everest Base Camp altitude is 5,364m /17,594ft above sea level. It is the dream destination for trekkers who want to experience the Himalayan landscapes and local lifestyle is Sherpas. The highest point of this trek is Kala Patthar standing at an elevation of 5,555m / 18220ft.

Water and Electricity During The Everest Base Camp Trek

You will find tea houses on your way from where you can buy mineral water bottles but you are highly suggested to carry a water bottle and buy boiled water. We suggest you not drink tap or rivers water, it might be unhygienic but if you put purifying drops or pills then you can drink the water from the tap.

As Everest Base Camp Trek takes you to the high altitude area, electricity is available in lower altitude villages and less reliable with frequent outages in higher altitudes. Few teahouses and lodges rely on solar power but due to weather conditions, it can be limited. 

Communication During The Everest Base Camp Trekking

In recent years, communication during the Everest region trek has been improved but is still limited. Both Ncell and NTC provide limited coverage in the region but Ncell has better reception in certain areas. As you gain altitude the network coverage becomes less reliable. You can also rent or purchase a satellite phone which may cost expensive but it offers more reliable communication in remote areas. If you are trekking with a guided group, your guide may get a satellite phone for emergency communication.

 Most of the tea houses and lodges in the Everest region have WiFi. The WiFi can get slow and unreliable at higher altitudes. They also have local landline phones that you can use for free.

The ending point of the Everest Base Camp Trip

After exploring the wonderful  Everest Region you will return to Lukla and spend the last night of the Everest Base Camp Trekking at Lukla. On the fourteenth day, we will return to Kathmandu via flight from Lukla. You can choose to spend your remaining day as per your wish. Later in the evening, we will organize a farewell dinner and celebrate your successful trek. At the same time, we provide you, with a trek successful and achievement certificate. 

In Nepal, it is customary to give tips as a thank you (Dhanyabad) for good service. We suggest you tip collectively at the end of the trek (for the guide and the porter). The tip amount is a personal choice that depends less or more on your perception of service quality, budget, length of trip, and appreciation of their service.

The Best Time for Everest Base Camp Trek

The ideal times to hike to Everest Base Camp are thought to be in the spring and late autumn. As these seasons of the year are considerably better than other months, trekking during these months is particularly advantageous in terms of weather, temperature, and rainfall. While Everest expeditions usually have a window of a week or two every year at best, trekking to the Base Camp is much more convenient than with any other place in contrast to the mountain-climbing expeditions with the view of the highest point in the world one-upping every other trek available.

• The best months to go to the Everest Base Camp Hike are September to December and March to May. The temperature is pleasant throughout this time, and on sunny days, visibility is good as well. The peak mountaineering season, which lasts until late April or May, is when you might run into a lot of climbers.
• Trekking during the icy months of December to February can be difficult. With rare clear views and quieter terrain, it can be enjoyable nevertheless.
•  The trail is snow-covered during January. Therefore, it is crucial to take care of oneself during these months, dress warmly, and get ready for the cold climate there. This time, the trail is empty, and you might come across only a few hikers in the area.
• During January and February, there can be extreme snowfall and very low temperatures.
• The months of March, April, and early May are thought to be ideal for trekking to Everest Base Camp. Rhododendrons in bloom, rich vegetation in the lower areas, and the alluring beauty of nature are truly magnificent. This time of year offers better opportunities to discover the best mountain panoramas since the sky is clear, the climate warms up, and the sky is clearer.
• The monsoon season starts in the last few days of June, July, and August. Trekking during these months can be challenging due to the frequent rainfall and unpredictability of the weather. Trekking is best avoided during these months.
• Autumnal months like September, October, and November offer the greatest terrain for trekking to Everest Base Camp Trek and making the journey enjoyable. The Fall is the most beautiful and ideal season to do Everest Base Camp since the days are dry and the sky is clear.
• The route will be quiet starting in late December as people stay away from outdoor activities during the winter. Late December to February are cooler months with temperatures that start to fall below zero. Therefore, it is recommended to stay away from hiking during these months.

Moreover, the most preferable seasons are considered to be the Spring and Autumn season when you will be able to witness the best of the Everest region and your trek will be a memorable one.

Everest Base Camp Trek Difficulty

The Everest Base Camp Trek is a high-altitude trek with a strenuous difficulty level. Some of the factors that make the Everest Base Camp Trek difficult are High Altitude Sickness, Acute Mountain Sickness, Inclement weather, and trekking difficulties.

• While walking in Nepal's Everest region, there is a considerable danger of developing AMS (Acute Mountain Sickness). It is challenging to adjust to the shifting climate due to the considerable elevation gains and weather fluctuations. Therefore, it is a typical experience for the majority of trekkers going to Everest Base Camp Trip.
•  In higher elevations, the weather is changeable and uncertain. Other unavoidable events include rapid snowfall, extremely low temperatures, and others. Consequently, this element may make it impossible to complete the expedition.
• Altitude sickness is another difficulty that most trekkers experience when trekking to the Everest Base Camp. Hence, precautions should be taken and symptoms should not be neglected which may result in more serious circumstances such as HAPE and HACE. A healthy diet should be taken, warm gear should be worn and medication should not be taken lightly.
• Those with some health difficulties and uneasiness are not advised to do the Everest Base Camp Trek.

The condition should worsen. It is a strenuous level trek that requires a certain level of physical and mental fitness.

Required Permits for the Everest Base Camp Trek

 Everest Base Camp Trekking, you will require two permits mandatorily which are:

• Sagarmatha National Park Entry Permit (Trekker's Card) Updated
• Khumbu Pasang Lhamu Rural Municipality Entrance Permit

By obtaining these permits from the required authorities, you can trek to the mesmerizing Everest Base Camp Itinerary and create one of the most adventurous and beautiful memories of a lifetime.

Useful Information:

Trip extension.

After completing the Everest Base Camp Trek, you may want to spend more days in Nepal. There are many more beautiful and adventurous places in Nepal. You can spend your days doing several activities such as sightseeing in Kathmandu Valley, Chitwan Jungle Safari , Paragliding in Pokhara, Rafting, Nagarkot View Trip, and Canoeing.

The client’s safety is our utmost priority. Trekking with Himalayan Connection guarantees our client safety and satisfaction. We carry standard essential gear, equipment, and medical kits to keep everyone safe. 

In an emergency, we will consult your insurance company and quickly arrange helicopter rescue. 

Avoiding Altitude Sickness

Altitude Sickness cannot be prevented but we can minimize the risk. Here we provide you some tips to avoid altitude sickness; take proper acclimatization days, ascend slowly, stay hydrated, have nutritious meals, and avoid alcohol and tobacco. Listen to your body, if you realize any symptoms like headache, nausea, or dizziness, inform your guide about your health condition. Considering your situation they will decide the best course of action and arrange any kind of option that is available, even helicopter rescue (if needed).

Except for Indians, all foreigners need a visa to enter Nepal. You can get an on-arrival visa at the Tribhuvan International Airport. You can visit the www.immigration.gov.np portal for complete information.

Citizens from certain countries - Swaziland, Nigeria, Ghana, Zimbabwe, Afghanistan, Iraq, Cameroon, Somalia, Liberia, Ethiopia, and Palestine may not get an on-arrival visa. So if you are from these countries, you need to contact your local Nepalese Embassy.

Trek Booking is Safe with us:

Himalayan Connection Treks & Expedition is a government-authorized, registered, and licensed tour and trekking operator in Nepal. We are members of the Trekking Agency Association of Nepal (TAAN).

As an advance, we need 10 percent of the Everest Base Camp Trek cost to confirm the booking. After booking the Everest Base Camp Trek, you need to send us the essential documents- passport copy, passport size photo, travel insurance policy, and arrival and departure flight details within a week from the booking date.

You can pay the advance through online payment directly from our website or by bank transfer and remaining in cash, credit card, or bank transfer after you arrive in Nepal. We will email you the available modes and details of payment.

Currency Exchange

Nepali Rupees (NPR/Rs) is the local currency. (1 USD= Rs.132 NPR about) in the current situation.

You can exchange major foreign currencies in local banks and legitimate money exchanges in Kathmandu (all over Thamel). You can exchange small amounts of cash in hotels. Most of the exchangers display the exchange rates publicly.

We suggest you bring cash and exchange it in Kathmandu. You can also withdraw cash in Rupees from the ATMs in Kathmandu and Thamel. If you use a foreign card the maximum withdrawal amount is NPR 35,000 for a 500 Rupees processing fee. If you use the money exchange facility by a financial institution, they charge you about 4% for processing fees.

Only a few places have ATM service on trekking routes. You can exchange your currency in some places but you don't get the real exchange rate. So better to exchange your money in Kathmandu. We can help you to exchange if you need our help.

Personal Expenses

The Everest Base Camp Trekking package covers only the things that we mentioned in the cost included and excluded section. You have to pay for visa application, travel insurance, snacks, protein bar, tea/coffee, cold drinks, wifi, drinking water, and tips to the trekking crew members.

 So, we suggest you bring an extra amount with you for your expenses. Meals and Accommodation costs in Kathmandu depend on you.

 Travel Insurance

Everest Base Camp Trek is a bit challenging and comes with high altitude risks, altitude sickness, and unfavorable weather.

Travel insurance is compulsory for the Everest Base Camp trekking. Trekkers must provide a copy of their travel insurance policy certificate along with other documents to Himalayan Connection. Medical and emergency repatriation including helicopter rescue and evacuation expenses up to 6,000m must be included in the Travel Insurance policy.

We request trekkers to send their detailed insurance information before the Everest Base Camp Trek starts. So that we can use the insurance policy and information documents you sent us for quick and effective rescue operations in emergencies. Before purchasing travel insurance, call the insurance company and check if their plan includes heli-rescue up to 6,000m and health care costs.

About Last Minute Booking

Booking is much better for Everest Base Camp trekking, it helps to manage requirements such as permits, hotel booking, transportation, flight, etc. 

You can pay just 15% of the total cost of the booking and the rest of the money you can pay after you arrive in Nepal.  In last-minute booking, you must Pay 100% of the total cost 24 hours before the trek starts. However, last-minute treks may be delayed due to uncontrolled events such as bad weather, lack of accommodation, and trekking staff. 

Contact us for more information at WhatsApp - 9851311073 or email us at [email protected] .  

Key Highlights

Our international advisors, trek itinerary, day 01 : arival in kathmandu nepl (1400m / 4592ft).

First of all, we would like to welcome you to the beautiful Himalayan country. Our agency representative will be at the airport to welcome you. Then take you to the hotel that, we booked for your stay.

In the evening you will join the team meet-up and pre-trekking discussion about the Everest Base Camp Trek. then after we will have a welcome dinner together.

Day 02: Kathamandu Heritage Valley Sightseeing and Trek Preparation

Camp : Thamel Kathmandu

Altitude : 1400m/4592 ft.

Meals : Breakfast

Accommodation : 3-star hotel

After Having breakfast we will move for the Kathmandu Heritage Valley sightseeing. In this program, we visit some ancient and heritage monuments like Monkey Temple (Swoyambhunath Stupa), Boudhanath Stupa, the Biggest Hindu temple Pasupatinath Temple, and historic ancient Basantapur Durbar Square (Kathmandu Durbar Square).

After visiting those wonderful places. We returned to the hotel and prepared the backpack for an adventure trip to Everest Base Camp.

Day 03: Fly to Lukla (2840m / 9315ft) and Trek to Phakding (2651m / 8695ft) 30 min flight and 3-4 hrs walk

Camp : Phakding

Altitude : Lukla (2840m/9315 ft.) – Phakding (2651m/8695ft.)

Time: 30 min flight and 3 – 4 hrs. walk

Meals : Breakfast,

Accommodation: Tea house

Today we leave Kathmandu and fly to Lukla. Early morning we transfer you to the airport for your scenic Lukla flight. During the flight, you will see the spectacular mountains, deep valleys greeneries, and wonderful mountain ranges through your aircraft’s windows.

After landing at the Lukla airport (Tenzing Hillary Airport) we meet our local sherpa porters then we move to the Phakding village through some beautiful villages.

At the end of Lukla village, there is a tourist check post where will get your trekking permit and entrance ticket (Updated Trekkers Card) for the Everest Base Camp Trekking. 

Day 04: Trek to Namche Bazzar (3440m / 11283ft) 5-6 hrs walk

Camp : Namche Bazar

Altitude : 3440 m. / 11283 ft.

Time : 5 – 6 hrs.

Meals : Breakfast, lunch, and dinner

In the morning after having breakfast we leave Phakding village for the beautiful and popular Namche Bazaar. On the way to Namche Bazaar, we will have a wonderful walk through some Sherpa Village like, TokTok, Monjo, etc, and  Deep Dudhkoshi River valley.

At Monjo, we have to register our permit (Trekker’s Card) that we got at Lukla. Then after officially, you can visit the Sagarmatha National Park.  After some time walking through the Dudh Koshi river bank, we cross the amazing Hillary suspension bridge which is surrounded by huge rocky canyons.

459ft long and 410ft high Hillary suspension bridge looks awesome with the strung of Buddhist prayer flags and Swals. After crossing the bridge we will have to climb up the hills through the dense forest. From the middle of the forest, we have the first ever small sight of Mt. Everest. (8848.86m) and we continue to the Beautiful Namche Bazaar.

Day 05: Acclimatize Hiking Day Around Namche

Altitude : 3440 m. / 11283 ft

Today we have a special and important day. We just hike around Namche and meet some height points to acclimatize and to be friendly with the altitude which helps you to avoid altitude sickness.

There are some places that you must visit on your Everest Base Camp Trek, such as an Everest view point and Everest view hotel, from where you can enjoy the pleasing views of Mt Everest, Ama Dablam, and some others, Sir, Edmund Hillary school, beautiful Sherpa village Khumjung, and Sir Edmund Hillary visiting center Which is just opened on the occasion of Everest May 29, 2023.

Note: our agency owner Mr. Sujan Pandey was the official photographer of the events. As an official photographer, He was involved with the respected team Himalayan Trust Nepal, Himalayan Trust New Zealand, and Passang Lhamu Municipality and was the event organizer.

At the same time, the Everest platinum jubilee was celebrated at Lukla, Namche, and Khumjung villages,  with the presence of the former prime minister of New Zealand Mrs. Helen Clark, Petter Hillary (son of Sir Edmund Hillary) Alexander Hillary (grandson of Sir, Edmund Hillary) and high profile person from different sectors.

Day 06: Trek to Tengboche (3870m / 12694ft 5-6 hrs walk

Camp : Tengboche

Altitude : 3870 m. / 12694 ft

This day is a little different than previous days. The trails during the day to Tengboche have big ups and downs and into the forest. Sometimes you can spot the Musk deer, Himalayan Thar (Blue Sheep) Pheasants, and some other wild birds and animals.

During the day you will also be able to see some beautiful Buddhist mani walls and Chhorten. The first part of the trail is smooth and flat, 2nd part of the trail is big descending and the 3rd part of the trail is big ascending.

After passing those phases you will reach wonderful Tengboche Village. The place offers you breathtaking views of the Himalayan range. There is a 100-year-old Tengboche monastery in the village.

Day 07: Trek to Dingboche (4360m / 14301ft) 5-6 hrs walk

Camp : Dingboche

Altitude : 4360 m. / 14301 ft

Time : 5 – 6 hrs walk

On this hiking day to Dingboche village, we will pass the beautiful rhododendron forest at the beginning of the day and some small villages such as Deboche, Pangboche, Somare, etc later. 

After passing the Deboche village you don't find any trees around you which means your feet entrance into the high Himalayan desert. From Pangboche Village you will have a close and stunning view of the iconic Mt. Ama Dablam (6812m / 22343ft) the first climb of this mountain was in 1961AD.

After passing beautiful trails we reach Dingboche village. Which is located in a pleasing valley surrounded by spectacular mountains and hills.

Day 08: Rest and Acclimatize Day

After continuously gaining altitude. Your body needs rest and acclimatization to be familiar with altitude and adjust the thin oxygen level in your body. So once again we stop one more day at Dingboche and hike around to acclimatize.

Which is the best option to avoid altitude sickness? Today we Hike to the nearest hill to acclimatize and for the breathtaking views of Mountains like Ama Dablam, Island Peak, Cho Oyu, Thamserku, etc, and the beautiful Dingboche valley.

Day 09: Trek to Lobuche (4940m / 16203ft) 4-5 hrs walk

Camp : Lobuche

Altitude : 4940 m. / 16203 ft

Time  : 3 – 4 hrs walk

This morning we are heading to the Lobuche village after spending 2 nights to acclimatize in Dingboche. The first few steps after Dingboche is ascending it takes about 15-20 minutes then we reach a small ridge.

Then after we will see long gradual flat trails. After passing those parts we will reach Thukla where we can have a few minutes of rest, a cup of tea, chocolate, and cookies to get back the energy just before the Thukla hill climb.

On the top of Thukla Hill, you will see many memorials of climbers who lost their lives and dreams in this region. We continue our trek to Lobuche overnight.

Day 10: Trek to Gorakshep (5170m / 16958ft) hike to EBC (5364m / 17594ft) and back to Gorakshep 7- 8 hrs walk

Camp : Gorak Shep (the last campsite of the Everest Base Camp Trek)

Altitude : 5364 m/17594 ft

Time : 7 – 8 hrs walk

Today is the biggest day, you are going to put your feet on the Base of the world’s highest mountain, you are going to touch your dream place, this could be your most delighted moment ever. 

Wait till you have to move from Lobuche, hahaha,

First, we will go to Gorakshep through the huge Khumbu Glacier, after reaching there, we leave our backpack in the hotel get food, and move to the Base Camp. it takes about 2 hrs from Gorakshep.

While you reach Base Camp capture the moment, take photographs, chill out loudly, and stamp the moment, memories, and achievements in your mind. We are sure that you will have one of the best opportunities to take Everest Base Camp Trek Photo.

After spending quality time in your dream place we move back to Gorakshep overnight.

Day 11: Hike to Kala Patthar (5555m / 18220ft) Back to Gorakshep and Trek to Pheriche (4288m / 14065ft 6-7 hrs walk

Camp : Pheriche

Altitude : Kalapathar 5555 m. / 18220 ft. Pheriche 4288 m /14065 ft

Time : 7 – 8 hrs

Early in the morning, we move to Kala Patthar to see the breathtaking sunrise view on the top of  Spectacular Mt. Everest (8848.86m) which could be another delightful moment in your lifetime.

Capture and collect this pleasing moment in your camera, phone, and mind. 

After spending an incredible moment at Kala Patthar we will move back to Gorakshep, have breakfast and some rest, pack up the backpack and memories, and then start our trek to Pheriche village for another overnight stay.

Day 12: Trek Back to Namche Bazzar (3440m / 11283ft) 7-8 hrs walk

Time : 6 – 7 hrs walk

After having breakfast we are heading to Namche Bazzar. Walking after about 40 minutes we will connect the trail that we walked before. Then after we will follow the same trail to reach Namache Bazzar. 

Day 13: Trek Back to Lukla ( 2840m / 9315ft) 6-7 hrs walk

Camp : Lukla

Altitude : 2840 m. / 9315 ft.

Time : 6 – 7 hrs. walk

Today we are heading forward to Lukla through the same trail that we used early in the Everest Base Camp trip.

Day 14: Fly Back to Kathmandu (1400m 4592ft) 30 min Flight Time

Camp : Kathmandu

Altitude : 1400 m. / 4592 ft

Time : 30 min flight

Meals : Breakfast  and special farewell dinner with a Nepali cultural show

Accommodation: 3-star hotel

After accomplished our dream Everest Base Camp Trek we are leaving the Everest region. Take the scenic flight to Kathmandu. Have a rest and relax day. 

Himalayan Connection Treks organize the Farewell dinner in the evening with an Authentic Nepali cultural live performance. At the same time, you can share your experience with us. We provide you with the trek success and achievement certificate.

Trek Gallery

Everest Base Camp Trek 2024/2025 Equipment Checklist

For head/face, accessories, cost includes, cost exludes.

Frequently Asked Questions

Where is everest base camp.

Everest Base Camp lies at an elevation of 5,364 m in the northeastern fringe of the Khumbu region of Nepal. The Khumbu region is popular for its amazing high-altitude trekking.

How difficult is Everest Base Camp trek?

Everest Base Camp trek is a high-altitude trek with a strenuous difficulty level. Some of the factors that make the Everest base camp trek difficult are High Altitude Sickness, Acute Mountain Sickness, Inclement weather, and trekking difficulties.

When is the best time to visit the Everest Base Camp trek?

The Autumn season and Spring season are the best time to visit the Everest base camp trek. Trekking these months is favorable in terms of temperature and rainfall as this time of the year is comparatively better than other months.

What is the duration of the Everest Base Camp trek?

On average, it takes about 10-18 days to do the Everest Base Camp trek. You can visit other places in the circuit on the way with a certain extension in time.

What type of accommodations and facilities can we get along the trail of the Everest Base Camp?

You can get the basic accommodation of your choice during the trek to Everest Base Camp. Everest Base Camp trek is very commercial, and there are a lot better options for lodges and hotels from which you can choose accordingly. Likewise, hot water and shower facilities are also available which will cost a certain charge.

Will I get all the necessary amenities during the Everest Base Camp Trek?

Yes. Overall, you will get the necessary amenities during the trek such as porter services, electricity, water, as well as internet services.

Will I get altitude sickness during the trek?

Yes, but conditional. Since the Everest base camp trek is a high-altitude trek, there is a high chance of getting altitude sickness and also suffering from HAPCE or HACE which are serious circumstances of altitude sickness. Hence, proper medication should be done to prevent it and a healthy diet should be taken.

Is there wildlife in the Everest region?

Some of the wildlife that we can spot while trekking in the Everest region are Himalayan Tahr, Musk Deer, Snow Leopard, Red Panda, Clouded Leopard, and so on.

Can beginners also trek the Everest Base Camp?

It might be a little difficult for beginners but if they are physically and mentally fit and prepared to accomplish the trek, then certainly novices can also trek the Everest Base Camp.

How is the Everest base camp trek in the terms of preference?

One of the most exciting and spectacular treks in Nepal's Everest region is the Everest Base Camp Trek. It is also the most renowned trekking route in Nepal and is renowned for its breathtaking scenery and awe-inspiring ambiance.

Where does the trek to Everest Base Camp begin from?

The trek to the Everest base camp begins from Lukla. You can get a flight to Lukla and start the trek to EBC.

What is the average hours of trek per day?

The average hours of walk during the trek per day is 5-7 hours.

I have had booked for ABC trip, and I got a wonderful experience journey on my first trekking trip. The staff of Himalayanconnections is professional, especially the guide's name is Sujan he is a nice funny and pro photographer. I promise myself when COVID-19 is gone; I will choose Himalayanconnections for my EBC trekking trip.

Related Treks

Api himal base camp trek, manaslu photography trek, tashi lapcha pass trek 17 days.

Connect With Us

We are affiliated with.

Quick Links

Everest Base Camp

from USD1,690

Challenge yourself to trek to the world’s most famous base camp! You’ll stay in traditional Sherpa villages and walk among the mountain gods. There are variations to the classic route that you can take, including flying home in a helicopter. Whichever route you choose, the terrain and high altitude make this a challenging trek that will test your resolve. But the rewards are immense, and we can't encourage you enough to head to Nepal to take on this incredibly beautiful adventure!

Our itineraries

Our four Everest Base Camp itineraries cater for trekkers with different time constraints and fitnesses. Our shortest itinerary lets you return from base camp via helicopter. This is our most popular itinerary, as it's not as demanding on the body and also gifts you incredible views of the Himalayas from the air. Our Classic EBC trek sees you head out on the shortest route but return via a quieter, different trail. Our Gokyo Lakes itinerary offers a longer and incredibly beautiful circular route. And finally our Three Passes route is for the seasoned trekker who eats mountain passes for breakfast.

Classic EBC trek

Tackle the classic Everest Base Camp trek, but hike back via a quieter alternative route!

EBC trek and helicopter

Everest Base Camp is probably one of the most alluring high-altitude treks in the world!

EBC and Gokyo Lakes

How many people get to stand next to the fluttering prayer flags of the famous Everest Base Camp? Well, you can be one of them!

EBC and Three Passes

The Everest Base Camp and Three Passes trek is a master class in Nepal trekking!

Country info and facts

Here's all you need to know to plan a trip to Nepal and also prepare properly for the high-altitude trek to Everest Base Camp.

Nepali rupee (NPR)

Nepal has one international airport: Tribhuvan International Airport (KTM).

Usually you fly from Kathmandu to Tenzing-Hillary Airport (LUA) in Lukla to start the Everest Base Camp trek, but the former's airport is undergoing renovations and so many domestic flights aren't operating right now.

This means you need to drive south to Ramechhap Airport (RHP) and fly to Lukla from there.

To learn more, please read Best time to trek to Everest Base Camp .

You can obtain a tourist visa quite easily at Tribhuvan International Airport in Kathmandu when your flight lands. The Government offers 15- and 30-day tourist visas for $30 (€27) and $50 (€45) respectively. You can learn more in Your Nepal travel questions answered .

There are no mandatory vaccinations for travel to Nepal. Note that you do need travel insurance that covers you for trekking up to 6,000 m above sea level. We also advise speaking with your GP about your travel plans. Learn more in Altitude gain on Everest Base Camp trek .

Get your free Nepal trekking guide!

Get everything you need to know to trek in Nepal successfully in one handy PDF.

Local leader

Sonam G. Sherpa

Sonam, who grew up in the Everest region of Nepal, is a mountain man through and through. He's a highly experienced and knowledgeable trek guide, and someone you can trust to lead you safely through the formidable Himalayas!

Book your trip

We do our best to provide you the best experience ever

Everest Base Camp & Helicopter

Aug 25, 2024

Everest Base Camp & Three Passes

Aug 30, 2024

Everest Base Camp Trek

Sep 1, 2024

Everest Base Camp & Gokyo Lakes

Sep 3, 2024

Sep 8, 2024

Sep 15, 2024

Sep 18, 2024

Sep 22, 2024

Sep 25, 2024

Sep 29, 2024

Oct 5, 2024

Oct 6, 2024

Guaranteed to run

Oct 9, 2024

Oct 13, 2024

Don't see your dates?

We can make it happen!

See what others say

Why follow alice.

We’re one of the only travel companies worldwide with perfect 5* reviews

Customer Reviews

More Adventures

Climb Kilimanjaro

Tanzania Safari

Annapurna Circuit

Recommended reads.

Kilimanjaro and Everest Base Camp are two of the world's most famous and challenging high-altitude treks. But they're very different from one another. We discuss these differences and argue that Kilimanjaro is the harder trek overall.

We've got some invaluable insights and advice for anyone preparing for the Everest Base Camp trek. From saving hundreds of dollars to lengthening the life of your gadgets' batteries, here are 15 things you need to know before doing the EBC trek.

Before any great adventure comes the necessary planning. We don’t want you to lose a pinky toe to frostbite or fly home with the infamous Khumbu cough. So here's our comprehensive Everest Base Camp packing list to ensure you bring all you need with you.

What vaccines do I need to travel to Nepal?

None. That said, you might like to visit your doctor before international travel for personalised advice. We can also recommend Fit for Travel as a good resource for health and safety advice.

How do I reach the start of the Everest Base Camp trek?

The easiest and most direct way to reach the start of the Everest Base Camp trail, which is in the town of Lukla, is to take a 30-minute flight from Kathmandu to Lukla Airport.

When is the best time to trek to Everest Base Camp?

Peak seasons for Everest Base Camp (EBC) are late September to November, and March to May. These months see little rain, aren't as cold as others, and tend to have good visibility. But given its increased popularity in recent years, the EBC trek route can be quite crowded during peak seasons; as many as 500 individuals can set out on the trek route each day! This is another reason why it's a good idea to do a quieter detour like we do by trekking home via Gokyo Lakes.

Learn more about the different months and their conditions in Best time to trek Everest Base Camp .

What equipment do I need for the Everest Base Camp trek?

Those trekking the Everest Base Camp route must bring: hardy, worn-in hiking boots; a winter jacket made with a quality insulating material like down; thermal under-garments; a four-season sleeping bag; and a daypack with a hydration bladder. You should also bring a duffel bag for the bulk of your belongings – you give this to a porter to carry.

For a full list of what to pack, please read Everest Base Camp packing list .

Is the Everest Base Camp trek hard?

Yes, most definitely. But it's also totally doable. There are no technical elements, so it's just about having good fitness and determination. We do recommend bringing trekking poles to help you manage the rocky and uneven sections of the trail.

Is Everest Base Camp trek dangerous?

Yes and no. The trek isn't dangerous if done under the guidance of a local guide who knows the route well and also keeps a close eye on the weather. The trail is reasonably safe, while still being a mountainous path. But this isn't a technical route, so there's no rock climbing or anything like that. The biggest dangers are the extreme weather and the high altitude. You need to bring the proper clothing and equipment to keep warm and dry, and you need to include at least one acclimatisation day during your ascent to avoid altitude sickness.

What exactly is altitude sickness?

Altitude sickness is the body reacting badly to being made to go too high too quickly. The higher we climb, the fewer oxygen molecules we breathe in per breath. Our bodies find it hard to function properly with less oxygen, and need adequate time to adapt. Symptoms of altitude sickness include nausea, vertigo, headaches and sleeplessness. Severe altitude sickness can be fatal.

Anything above 3,000 m can lead to altitude sickness, and we climb well above 5,000 m on the Everest Base Camp trek! So this is something to be taken seriously.

Please read more about the sickness and how to try prevent it in How hard is Everest Base Camp?

Do I need traveller's insurance to trek to Everest Base Camp?

Absolutely! You should never do a high-altitude trek without traveller's insurance. At the very minimum, you should take out medical insurance, which includes helicopter evacuation. Also, the Government of Nepal won't grant you a trek permit without proof of traveller's insurance.

We discuss the type of traveller's insurance you should take out in more detail in Everest Base Camp trek cost .

If you love travel, join our newsletter

Get the latest news about hidden adventure gems, discounted launch trips and much more straight to your inbox

'It feels almost like a dream': Sask. man conquers Mount Everest

Landry warnez reached the top of world’s tallest mountain above sea level in 4 days.

Social Sharing

A Saskatchewan man is still on a high after joining the ranks of mountain climbers from the province who have reached the peak of Mount Everest.

Landry Warnez summited Mount Everest earlier this month. It took him four days to reach the top of the mountain, the tallest in the world above sea level, in Nepal from Everest base camp.

He didn't sleep for the final 24 hours of the ascent. 

"At the top because it's low oxygen — you're using supplementary oxygen — it feels almost like  a dream," said Warnez, who is originally from Balcarres and currently living in Saskatoon. "You're not thinking completely clearly, but it's pretty amazing."

Prairie climber reaches Mount Everest summit

Warnez credits trekking through Nepal and spending time at Everest base camp last year for fuelling his desire to climb to the peak.

"I've always been drawn to looking for an adventure, right, and that's something that I wanted [to do] at this point in my life," Warnez said.

Warnez says it took a lot of training to prepare for the expedition. He spent months in the gym building up his strength and cardio in addition to doing climbing-specific training in Canmore, Alta.

"A big thing to climbing Everest is cardio," Warnez said. "You're climbing between eight to 12 hours a day, multiple days on end."

Warnez says the challenges associated with summiting Mount Everest include getting sick, exhausting the oxygen supply at the wrong time, and attempting the trek in the wrong weather window. 

"With Everest the risk is really highlighted internationally when people die, but I obviously felt that it was a risk I was willing to take," Warnez said

Warnez says the risk didn't end once he made it to the summit of Mount Everest: It took two days to get back down to base camp.

"You're ecstatic [at the top] but also realize you have quite the challenge to just get off the mountain ,"Warnez said. 

Warnez, who described the climb as exhausting but rewarding, made sure to represent his home province when he got to the peak by posing with the Saskatchewan flag for a few pictures.

"I have a lot of pride coming from Saskatchewan, and I thought it [bringing the flag] would be something unique," Warnez said. "I think there have been around 100 or over 100 Canadians [who] have climbed Everest, but only only a handful from Saskatchewan."

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Will McLernon is an online journalist with CBC Saskatchewan. If you have a tip or a story idea, send him an email at [email protected]

With files from Saskatoon Morning

Related Stories

• Man looks back fondly on 50 years with Calgary Transit
• Virtual health hub for Sask. residents finds home on Whitecap Dakota First Nation

Terrifying Footage of Everest Cornice Accident

As Everest climbers return to a wifi connection in Base Camp, they post pictures of their summits — and of crowds, chaos, scary moments, and, unfortunately, death.

IFMGA guide Vinayak Malla summited Everest at 6 am on the morning of May 21, the busiest summit day, with Elite Exped clients. On their way back, they videoed how the snow cornice couldn’t stand the weight of hundreds of climbers and gave in, dragging a number of people into the void.

The video doesn’t show the actual collapse but just its lead-up and aftermath. Still, the footage is mind-blowing for its clarity and for depicting the mad sight of an overcrowded summit ridge. Dozens of climbers inch across a narrow snow arete, which can’t bear the weight and eventually crumbles.

“The Everest summit ridge felt different than my previous experiences on the mountain,” Malla said. “There was soft snow, many cornices, and rocky sections covered in snow. Even the weather station was half buried in snow.”

Dozens of climbers shuffle along, meters from the summit of Everest. Video: Vanayak Malla

Sudden disaster

“After summiting, we crossed the Hillary Step. Traffic was moving slowly. Then suddenly, a cornice collapsed a few meters ahead of us,” Malla recalled. He and his clients were on another section of that cornice, which happened not to give way.

Malla’s second video shows the broken cornice section and climbers clinging to the fixed ropes and desperately trying to lift themselves back to safe ground.

View this post on Instagram See this post on Instagram

We tried to traverse but it was impossible due to the traffic on the fixed line. Many climbers were stuck in traffic and oxygen was running low. I was able to start breaking a new route for the descending traffic to begin moving slowly once again.

The situation resembles other mountain accidents where a broken rope leaves climbers trapped behind. Something similar occurred on Broad Peak in 2021, when the fixed rope on a ridge broke, stranding Russian climber Nastya Runova and, a little later, Korean Kim HongBin. Above them, over a dozen climbers waited, not skilled enough to progress across that section without ropes. Several suffered from frostbite. Runova was rescued, but Kim died .

However, the numbers on Everest’s summit ridge on May 21 were larger than on any other mountain.

Another victim

Meanwhile, another climber is confirmed dead on Everest.

“Binod Babu Bastakoti from Pokhara died at around 8,300m, just above Camp 4, after he suffered from illness while descending from the summit [on Wednesday, May 22],” Narbin Magar of Booking Own Pvt. Ltd told The Himalayan Times .

Binod Babu Bastakoti of Nepal. Photo: Instagram

Bastakoti is the sixth fatality on Everest this season; the seventh, if we include Gabriel Tabara of Romania, who died at Camp 3 but whose goal was Lhotse.

Angela Benavides

Angela Benavides graduated university in journalism and specializes in high-altitude mountaineering and expedition news. She has been writing about climbing and mountaineering, adventure and outdoor sports for 20+ years.

Prior to that, Angela Benavides spent time at/worked at a number of local and international media. She is also experienced in outdoor-sport consultancy for sponsoring corporations, press manager and communication executive, and a published author.

Also on Explorersweb

Everest Ropes Mystery: The Other Side Speaks

Everest: Nirmal Purja Posts Video of Cut Ropes, Shares Details

Everest Season Closes on International Everest Day

Everest Billboard Comes Down as Season Nears End

Everest ‘Dirty Politics’ Leads To Claim Of Rope Cutting, Gov. Investigation

Lenka Polackova Joins Everest No-O2 List

Sign up for explorersweb emails.

Sign up to receive ExplorersWeb content direct to your inbox once a week.

By signing up for email newsletters, you agree to ExplorerWeb's Privacy Policy .

I spent my first 16 years in a Nepalese refugee camp. This year, I returned to trek Mount Everest

perspective I spent my first 16 years in a Nepalese refugee camp. This year, I returned to trek Mount Everest

Ram Khanal's recent trip to Mount Everest base camp was the realisation of a long-held dream. But it was also a homecoming of sorts.

Ram, now 31, spent the first 16 years of his life in a crowded UN camp for Bhutanese refugees in eastern Nepal.

In 2009, he was resettled in Australia. Despite arriving with no formal education, Ram was dux in year 12 and studied to become a doctor .

In March, Ram returned to Nepal for the first time to visit the world's highest mountain and the camp where he was born. Here is his story, in his own words.

Why I wanted to trek to Everest base camp

I'd been thinking about returning to Nepal for about a year. I needed an excuse, and there's none better than the iconic Mount Everest base camp trek.

I love mountains. I'm an avid hiker with a fair bit of experience in Australia, but Mount Everest is the ultimate.

Because it's in the country of my birth, it also holds a special appeal to me.

People have these conceptions of what a person from Nepal should be like — usually it involves lots of trekking experience and being comfortable climbing mountains.

Unfortunately, that was never an experience I had. When I was in Nepal, I never really had the chance to see anything outside the confines of the camp.

On this trip, I just wanted to return to explore the country, explore the mountains and reconnect with the country of my birth without feeling captive as I did in my past.

My journey from Kathmandu to Mount Everest by road

Most overseas tourists fly to Kathmandu and then fly to the airport in Lukla to get to Everest.

We chose the road less travelled, literally and figuratively.

We took a Jeep from Kathmandu to a place called Salleri, which serves as an alternative gateway to the Everest region. Tenzing Norgay and Edmund Hillary, the first two people to reach the summit of Mount Everest, took the same route.

The trip to Salleri took about 12 hours. The travel was very bumpy on roads riddled with potholes. There were 10 of us cramped in what I would describe as a five-seat SUV. That was a bit of an experience; it was adventurous but also unnerving.

From there, we took another audacious eight-hour SUV ride to Paiya, from where we set out for the base camp trek on the third day. We trekked for six days, staying in teahouses along the way.

The base camp sits at 5,364 metres. That's quite an altitude. The key is to acclimatise to the conditions. That comes with time and a slow ascent.

I was mesmerised by the people, the culture, the hospitality and the landscape.

There were beautiful rivers and 360-degree views of snow-capped mountain peaks as far as the eye can see. Other highlights included the cultural landmarks, monasteries, waterfalls and the incredible suspension bridges.

What it was like to reach Mount Everest

When we reached the base camp, it felt like we were on top of the world and following the footsteps of legends like Norgay and Hillary.

The panoramic views of Mount Lhotse, Nuptse, Pumori and Ama Dablam were incredible.

Along the way, we passed through a memorial of all the mountaineers who had died in the Everest region. It was a sobering reminder of the dangers of high-altitude climbing.

I couldn't sleep very well afterwards, because I kept thinking about the risks of acute mountain sickness.

We saw a lot of people getting rescued by helicopters closer to the base camp. But we were well-prepared, and I didn't find the trek that difficult.

It's just about being aware of the challenges in altitude, having appropriate gear and being aware of your own health.

What happened when I returned to the refugee camp where I was born

I'm not unfamiliar to human struggles and living in poverty and scarcity, but my time spent in Nepal made me reflect on how lucky we are and how privileged a life we live here in Australia.

Some of the porters and guides who are in the Everest region, they make 1,800 rupees a day, which is roughly $20. They are carrying 40-50kg on their back, with no supporting clothing or gear.

After I finished the trek, I visited the refugee camp where I was born.

I could see my past, and where I am now; the contrast between the hardships and confinements of the camp, and the freedom, opportunities and success I've had since coming to Australia.

I had empathy for the people there, but I also felt empowered. I found motivation to continue advocating for their human rights and basic necessities — and perhaps one day be able to use my medical training to provide health education and services.

Looking for the next adventure

My trip to the Everest region gave myself a glimpse of what's possible when you put your heart and mind into it.

It also kindled a greater interest in mountain adventures. I find a great sense of relaxation in being in the mountains and hiking in nature.

Now that I'm back in Australia, I'm already planning my next trip to Nepal.

I hope to return for the Annapurna base camp, another iconic trekking experience. I'm sure it won't be the last.

This article is based on an interview. Parts of the story have been edited for clarity and brevity.

ABC Everyday in your inbox

Get our newsletter for the best of ABC Everyday each week

• X (formerly Twitter)

Related Stories

'dark experiences provided the audacity to dream': ram's journey from refugee camp to doctor.

Perth toddler continues family legacy of record-setting Mount Everest climbs

Atlas, 6, only occasionally hitched a ride on someone's shoulders to reach Everest base camp

• Travel Preparation and Advice

• Local listings

• Digital Edition

Announcements

Everest trek raises unprecedented funds for hospice, record-breaking charity donation from everest base camp trek.

A group of 14 explorers have raised more than £60,000 for an Ulverston charity by trekking to Everest Base Camp.

This record-breaking sum of £66,720.13 - raised for St Mary's Hospice - is the largest ever from a hospice-led event, after initial targets were set at only £2,500 each.

The two-week-long expedition was guided by Matt Le Voi, from LMG Treks and Expeditions.

Mr Le Voi led the hikers through forests, Sherpa villages, glacial moraines, and foothills.

The walkers found out exactly how much they raised during an event on May 29.

St Mary's relies on acts of kindness from individuals like Mr Le Voi and the Everest trekkers to maintain their standard of care for patients with life-limiting illnesses as only one-fifth of the hospice's operational costs come from the government.

Eight out of 10 St Mary's patients are cared for through funds raised by the community.

Mel Dixon, events and challenges manager for the hospice, said: "I’m absolutely blown away by the amount the walkers raised.

"We host a lot of events at St Mary’s Hospice but the amount these guys managed to raise is phenomenal.

"I remember finding out the grand total and just sitting there thinking wow.

"It’s the kindness, dedication and determination of people like these in our community that help us continue the vital work we do," she continued, adding that she "never expected one event, with just 14 people, to raise this amount of money."

She added: "It just shows us how important we are to our community and how important they are to us. Each and every person that took on the Everest Base Camp trip deserves a huge well done.” 

Expedition leader, MrLe Voi, said: "As an expedition leader, it's incredibly rewarding taking people to stunning locations around the world, helping them achieve something awesome, often outside of their pre-conceived capabilities.

“The privilege of hosting such an expedition is enhanced when you know funds are being raised for a worthy cause like St Mary's. A big well done from me to all the team, and their supporters.”

Comments: Our rules

We want our comments to be a lively and valuable part of our community - a place where readers can debate and engage with the most important local issues. The ability to comment on our stories is a privilege, not a right, however, and that privilege may be withdrawn if it is abused or misused.

Please report any comments that break our rules.

Get involved with the news

Modal headline.

Data returned from the Piano 'meterActive/meterExpired' callback event .

As a subscriber, you are shown 80% less display advertising when reading our articles.

Those ads you do see are predominantly from local businesses promoting local services .

These adverts enable local businesses to get in front of their target audience – the local community .

It is important that we continue to promote these adverts as our local businesses need as much support as possible during these challenging times.

I (virtually) conquered Everest – this is what it was like

A new virtual reality experience takes gamers from Base Camp to summit using footage from five different real-life expeditions

My route to the roof of the world began in the App Store. Rather than filling in the paperwork to apply for a climbing permit, my first step was to download the software required to enter the virtual world. 

Because – as the 2024 climbing season on Everest comes to an end, following another year of overcrowding and fatal accidents – it turns out you don’t actually need to set foot on the sacred slopes to reach its 29,032ft summit – thanks to the release of a new virtual reality experience.

The man behind The Quest: Everest VR, which cost an estimated €250,000 (£213,000) to create, is Alex Harz, an American filmmaker who achieved his childhood dream of climbing Everest in 2018. It combines footage from five different real-life expeditions. 

After fumbling with the download progress, I put on the Meta Quest 3 headset for the first time. I’ve climbed plenty of mountains, and would feel quite at home mapping routes, organising expedition packing lists and planning the logistics for a trip. All those skills, however, proved worthless when I set out to climb Everest in virtual reality. I have never entered the virtual metaverse and it was totally alien – a world of cartoons, moving parts and invisible boundaries to prevent me from tripping over the kitchen table.

Two hand-held controllers allowed me to navigate the software and download the three-part series to begin the condensed 52-day journey to Everest. The first nine-minute episode takes viewers from Kathmandu up into the mountainous Khumbu region where the trekking trail begins, in the town of Lukla. The hair-raising flight into the world’s most dangerous airport is noticeably missing from the footage, but once you start moving you’re soon immersed in the magic of Nepal’s most famed region.

I found standing, with the ability to spin 360 degrees, the most immersive method of testing, but it can just as easily be done from the comfort of the sofa.

Harz’s simple yet informative commentary brings the experience to life. He shares the “melodic reminders of life on the trail” and details the key waypoints. Viewers are also treated to a seat at a traditional puja ceremony – a Buddhist tradition carried out before any climb. The sounds of clanging cowbells, stomping yak hooves and fluttering prayer flags brought back memories of my own visit to the Khumbu. Along the way I recognised the streets of Namche Bazaar – the main Sherpa town on the route to Everest – the iconic slopes of Ama Dablam above Dingboche and the tin-roofed buildings in the final inhabited outpost of Gorakshep.

The no-frills footage is refreshing – unlike the vast library of cinematography that tells the stories of Everest, in virtual reality you see the experience from a more personal angle. It’s a front-row view of every tired climber’s face and every bit of left litter – on reaching Camp Four, you see first-hand the sea of abandoned tents and oxygen bottles that so often make the news – with no drones or Photoshop to distort the reality.

Harz’s idea was conceived from a passion for climbing and video games. “I realised I shouldn’t continue to sacrifice all the time, money, dedication and risk needed to try to make my Everest dream a reality, just for a few moments of witnessing the most breathtaking views imaginable. There had to be a greater purpose,” he said.

“[I have a] longtime fascination and love of point-of-view-style video games (Halo, Rainbow Six, Borderlands, Doom) because these types of games put you directly in the action… I wanted to provide a worldwide audience with the closest experience possible to being on Mount Everest, without all the rigorous training, planning and high risk needed to physically go there yourself.” 

Much has been written about the terror of the Khumbu icefall – the 2.5 mile cascade of ice that marks the start of the route to the summit from Everest Base Camp. In his account of the first successful ascent in 1953, expedition leader John Hunt described its presence on the mountain: “This labyrinth of broken ice is moving, its surface changing, if not at the pace of water, at least at a speed which makes it a perilous problem to surmount.”

Headset on, at the beginning of eight-minute episode two, the size of the ice cliffs and the depth of the gaping crevasses came to life in astounding clarity. All those words I’d read finally resonated as Harz describes the route as “the climbers’ equivalent of playing Russian roulette.”

Further up, Harz takes the camera over one of the many aluminium ladder bridges, which are placed by Sherpa teams to allow climbers to cross gaps in the glacier. Staring down into the hollow, the depths look endless – and my legs wobble. I thought of the local Nepali guides who risk their lives every year and remain often underappreciated. Carrying on, viewers get a sense of the overwhelming scale of the Western Cwm, and the slow progress up the 5,000ft Lhotse Face. 

Episode three is when the magic happens. It takes less than 10 minutes to ascend, in virtual reality, from the South Col at 25,938ft to the summit (29,032ft) – in reality, it takes an average climber up to nine hours. Progressing up the route, more familiar sights come into view – the south summit, where you see the first full profile of the true summit, and the Hilary Step. I spun around to see the summit of Lhotse (27,940ft), looked left to the vast landscape of Nepal, and right to the sheer Kangshung Face, which drops away into Tibet. 

I paused the footage as Harz ascended the Hilary Step and cast my mind back to the accounts of how Sir Edmund Hillary and Sherpa Tenzing Norgay trailblazed this pitch for the first time. Climbers now use fixed ropes, but in 1953 the duo had only ice-climbing equipment. First Hillary and then Tenzing tackled the barrier like climbing a rock chimney – they inched up a little at a time with their backs against the rock wall and their feet wedged in a crack. From the comfort of my living room on a warm May evening, headset on and breathing normally, my appreciation for the early pioneers of mountaineering was resolute. 

Arguably most surprising – with early reports estimating 600 successful summit attempts this season – when you reach the top it’s empty (in reality, Harz spent 45 minutes alone up there with his guide Tashi Sherpa). A giant cornice hangs off the edge, but the “beautiful snow cone summit,” as described by Hillary, is adorned with tributes and prayer flags and surrounded by a panorama of the world’s most dramatic peaks. Less than one in a million people experience the view in real life – in virtual reality, it’s open to everyone.

The Quest: Everest VR is a unique way to learn more about the world’s tallest mountain. For anyone, like me, who is a confessed Everest obsessive, it brings to life a mountain that has captivated imaginations since the 19th century in a way blockbuster films and social media often miss. 

The Quest Everest VR can be experienced on major virtual reality platforms, as well as in 2D VR360 for computers, mobile phones and tablets. For more information and where to watch, visit TheQuestEverest.com .

Lucy used a Meta Quest 3 headset , available to buy from £479.99

• Virtual Reality,
• Mount Everest,
• Facebook Icon
• WhatsApp Icon